Home

Canon IP4600 series user manual

1. You can also create 2 month 6 month and 12 month You can use all kinds of photos calendars Create Stickers Create stickers easily with Easy PhotoPrint EX Create stickers of your favorite photos and share them with your friends CHECK LE E E E E EEEE EE eS You can add text to photos Page top About Solution Menu CTp 395 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt About Solution Menu About Solution Menu Quick Shortcut Solution Menu Solution Menu is a menu window that provides quick access from your desktop to Canon applications manuals and online product information Solution Menu G E gt Scaniamport photos or documents F Print photos or albums etc iy One Click to Phote Print GTE Print ovDICO labels foes Go to a web page full of fun wie Change settings or find solutions to EA ready to use materials nrl problems Get help for your Canon product or a gt Eg EA EN Register online a Login online 29 Find information on Canon products How to Use This Screen Pointto a buton on the screen to display the description of each function To use a function dick the coneasponding button Click the buttons on the tile barto change the screen size Stan Solution Menu when Windows stans D Important The number and types of buttons displayed i
2. G Less noticeable horizontal white streaks H More noticeable horizontal white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column j then click Send Page top Checking the Print Head Nozzles Ctp 307 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Checking the Print Head Nozzles Checking the Print Head Nozzles The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print heads are working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens To display a list of items that you should check before printing the check pattern click Initial Check Items 3 Load paper in the printer Load a sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern The nozzle check pattern is printed Click OK when the confirmation message appears The Pattern Check dialog box opens 5 Check the print result Check the print result If the print result is normal click Exit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cle
3. Never use the printer if the power cord is bundled or knotted If you detect smoke unusual smells or strange noises around the printer immediately unplug the printer at the power supply and call for service Periodically unplug the printer and Juse a dry cloth to wipe off any dust or dirt collected on the plug and the power outlet If the printer is placed at a location exposed to a lot of dust smoke or high humidity the dust collected on the plug absorbs moisture and may cause insulation failure and fire If you hear thunder disconnect the power supply of the printer and refrain from using it Leaving the printer plugged in may cause fire electric shock or damage to the printer depending on the thunder storm Use the power cable included with the printer Use a damp cloth to clean the printer _ Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol benzene or thinners 5 If flammable solvents come in contact with electrical components inside the printer it could cause a fire or electric shock Cleaning the printer Always unplug the printer from the power outlet before cleaning the printer Safety Precautions Maintaining the printer Working around the printer A Caution If you accidentally switch the printer on while cleaning it you could injure yourself or damage the printer Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the printer There are no user serviceable parts inside
4. Printing Stops Before It ls Completed CTp 346 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Printing Stops Before It Is Completed e Check 1 Is the Inner Cover opened while printing on paper Close the Inner Cover and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer A page of print data being sent at the time of the error will be erased so print that page again e Check 2 Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the Print Head may overheat To protect the Print Head the printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes Additionally if the printer has been printing graphics or photos with intense colors continuously over a period of time the printer may stop printing to protect the Print Head In this case printing will not resume automatically Turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes A Caution The Print Head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the printer Never touch the Print Head or nearby components e Check 3 Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded in the Rear Tray or Cassette Confirm the paper source then reload paper e Check 4 Do the printing documents have lots of p
5. 3 Select the paper size for the data Using Page Size select the page size that was set with your application 4 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list If the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced If the printer paper size is larger than the page size the page image will be enlarged The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver Fit to Page Printing Crp 205 n3 396 cTp BA Page Sze s Citeo a dt Perig Toata E Aloma Part Area Hip sme Lewes tal gt al fa i amp i F Pin from Last Page Colate ox oo Copes 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size D Important When Borderless Printing check box is checked Fit to Page Printing cannot be selected Page top scaled Printing Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Scaled Printing Scaled Printing The DORR Armiagjiary Festival Pe Come ane foie n E The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set scaled printing Select Scaled Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup
6. Windows Go to the procedure of 3 in step 4 Go to the procedure of 3 in step 4 O C Page top Cleaning the Print Head CTp 53 n3 396 cTp ele Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect gt Cleaning the Print Head m Cleaning the Print Head Clean the Print Head if lines are missing or if white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the Print Head consumes ink so clean the Print Head only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper f the Inner Cover is open close it Cleaning the Print Head without a computer You can also clean the Print Heads of all color ink tanks at the same time from the printer itself using the RESUME CANCEL button 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the Power lamp flashes green once and then release it immediately The printer starts cleaning the Print Head When the Power lamp is lit green after flashing the cleaning will be completed Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head condition after cleaning See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Windows If you click Cleaning on the Pattern Check dialog box that appears after printing the nozzle check pattern the printer starts cleaning the Print Head Make sure that one or more sheets
7. e Check 3 If DVD CD printing stops before it is complete try the operation again If a certain period of time has elapsed while DVD CD printing is in progress the printer stops initializing If you press the RESUME CANCEL button the printer resumes initializing Try the operation again following the on screen instructions CD R Tray Does Not Feed Properly e Check 1 Is the CD R Tray placed properly Properly place the CD R Tray again then press the RESUME CANCEL button Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray supplied with the printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray e Check 2 Unrecognizable DVD CD may be placed Canon recommends that you use DVD CDs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer e Check 3 Is the DVD CD on the CD R Tray already printed If you place the DVD CDs on which have already been printed on the CD R Tray the CD R Tray is ejected In this case change the settings of the printer driver and try printing again e Clear the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box in Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab then click Send When printing is over select the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box and click Send e Clear the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box in Custom Settings on the Canon IJ Printer Utility dialog box then click Send When printing is over sel
8. 2 Click the image to print The number of copies appears as 1 and the image you selected appears in the selected image area A You can select two or more images at the same time Note Ctp 10 n3 396 cTp Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX To print two or more copies click Up arrow to change the number of copies To cancel the selection click the image to cancel in the selected image area and click Delete Imported Image You can also use Down arrow to change the number of copies to zero You can also correct or enhance the selected image See Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX ity 3 Click Select Paper 4 Select the loaded paper 1 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in Printer 2 Make sure that Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source Note For details on other paper feeding refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 3 Select the size and type of the paper to print in Paper Size and Media Type Here we select 4 x6 10x15cm in Paper Size and the type of the loaded photo paper in Media Type Note f you select A4 or Letter sized plain paper when Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source the printer feeds the paper from the Cassette If you select other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper the printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray If you select the wrong page size or media type the printer may feed the pap
9. 210 0 x 297 0 mm B5 7 17 x 10 12 inches 182 0 x 257 0 mm 4 x 4 00 x 6 00 inches 10 x 15 cm 4 x 8 4 00 x 8 00 inches 101 6 x 203 2 5 x 7 5 00 x 7 00 inches 13 x 18 cm mm 8 x 10 8 00 x 10 00 inches 20 x 25 cm L 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm 2L 5 00 x 7 01 inches 127 0 x 178 0 mm Hagaki 3 94 x 5 83 inches 100 0 x 148 0 mm Hagaki 2 7 87 x 5 83 inches 200 0 x 148 0 Comm Env 10 4 12 x 9 50 inches 104 6 x 241 3 mm mm DL Env 4 33 x 8 66 inches 110 0 x 220 0 Choukei 3 4 72 x 9 25 inches 120 0 x 235 0 mm mm Choukei 4 3 54 x 8 07 inches 90 0 x 205 0 Youkei 4 4 13 x 9 25 inches 105 0 x 235 0 mm mm Youkei 6 3 86 x 7 48 inches 98 0 x 190 0 Card 2 16 x 3 58 inches 55 0 x 91 0 mm mm Wide 4 00 x 7 10 inches 101 6 x 180 6 mm Non standard sizes You can also specify a custom size within the following range Minimum size 2 17 x 3 58 inches 55 0 x 91 0 mm Rear Tray 5 83 x 8 27 inches 148 0 x 210 0 mm Cassette Maximum size 8 50 x 26 61 inches 215 9 x 676 0 mm Rear Tray 8 50 x 11 69 inches 215 9 x 297 0 mm Cassette Paper Weight 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 gsm plain paper except for Canon genuine paper Media Types You Can Use CTp 38 n3 396 cTp Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the printer Notes on Storing Paper Take
10. D Important When Poster Printing is selected the Duplex Printing and Print from Last Page check boxes and the Staple Side list box appear grayed out and are unavailable When Borderless Printing check box is checked Poster Printing cannot be selected Since poster printing enlarges the document when printing it the print results may become coarse Page top gt Booklet Printing Ctp 213 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Booklet Printing Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet Data is printed on both sides of the paper This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly in page number order when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set booklet printing Select Booklet Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the window Letar 8 572117 Pstabe JED degrees longeis daig Lett 1 355 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list 4 Set the margin for stapling and the margin width Click Specify specify the following s
11. When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the correct paper and are loading it correctly Loading Paper Ad sized paper is suited to printing documents consisting mainly of text We do not recommend using such paper to print documents with photos or graphics since the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact your Canon service representative If paper is jammed inside the printer at the transport unit Remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Detach the Rear Cover Paper Jams CtTp 354 n3 396 cTp Note Be careful not to touch the components inside the printer 1 If you cannot pull the paper out turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically 3 Attach the Rear Cover Push the left side of the Rear Cover until it is closed completely If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 2 4 Remove the Cassette 5 Pull the paper out slowly 6 If any paper is sticking out of the Cassette remove the paper align and reload the paper in the Cassette If you did not remove the jammed paper out in step 1 to 5 when automatic duplex printing check the duplex transport section m f the jammed paper is not removed out when automatic duplex printing Paper Jams CTp 355 n3 396 cTp When reloading the paper into
12. inta e 3 Change the individual settings If necessary change the setting of each item and then click OK The Page Setup tab is displayed again Page top gt Saving a Changed Printing Profile Ctp 312 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Saving a Changed Printing Profile Saving a Changed Printing Profile You can assign a name to the settings made on the Main Page Setup and Effects tabs and save them as a printing profile The saved printing profile can be retrieved and used from the Profiles tab at any time Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a printing profile 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the necessary items Make your desired settings on the Main Page Setup and Effects tabs 3 On the Profiles tab click Add to Profiles Ep Man 31 Page Soup at EBects SF Profies Martenance OFF OFF Letier 2 65117 Pirai OFF io Printing Profikes 4 Save the settings Set Name Icon and Description then click OK The profile is saved and the Profiles tab is displayed again The name and icon are added to the Printing Profiles list EE Note If you install the printer driver again or upgrade the ver
13. m Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu Select the Align heads manually check box then click Send Confirm the displayed message and click OK Select Test Print in the pop up menu Click Print Head Alignment Confirm the displayed message and click Align Print Head oa WD The dialog for entering a print head alignment value is displayed Manual Print Head Alignment D Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Clicking Print Alignment Value prints the current settings and finishes Print Head Alignment 6 Look at the first printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column A that has the least noticeable vertical streaks mea ea BIR a 7 gt ee az EN 2 i ie el oi gt E 1 i a E Ee ll gt i gt Be BEA A a NI BE el If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical white streaks HAHH UE A B A Less noticeable vertical white streaks B More noticeable vertical white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column G then click Send For column F and G pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks EE Note If itis difficult to pick the best pattern
14. 6 n3 396 cTp Main Components Ctp 7 n3 396 cTp Page top Printing Ctp 8 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Printing Printing This section describes how to print documents or photos You can easily print photos taken with your digital camera by using Easy PhotoPrint EX supplied with your printer Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing Documents Windows Printing Documents Macintosh For Mac OS X v 10 5 x For Mac OS X v 10 4 x or Mac OS X v 10 3 9 Page top Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX CTp 9 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Printing gt Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Print image data saved on your computer by using Easy PhotoPrint EX supplied with your printer This section describes the procedure using print setting for borderless photo print on 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm photo paper as a sample For details on Easy PhotoPrint EX refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide Note The screens used in this section are for printing with Windows The operations are also the same for printing with Macintosh Install Easy PhotoPrint EX from the Setup CD ROM when it has not been installed or has been uninstalled To install Easy PhotoPrint EX select Easy PhotoPrint EX in Custom Install 1 Prepare for printing 3 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Se
15. EE Note You can also start My Printer from Solution Menu Install My Printer from the Setup CD ROM when it has not been installed or has been uninstalled To install My Printer select My Printer in Custom Install To start My Printer from the Start menu select All Programs Programs in Windows 2000 Canon Utilities My Printer then My Printer Page top Loading Paper Ctp 26 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Loading Paper Loading Paper This section describes types of paper you can load and how to load printing paper in the Rear Tray or Cassette Loading Paper Paper Source to Load Paper Loading Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Page top Loading Paper Ctp 27 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper Loading Paper m Paper Source to Load Paper You can select to load paper from two paper source Cassette or Rear Tray You can load paper in either one of the paper sources depending on the page size and media type of paper If you select Automatically Select in Paper Source paper is fed from the Cassette or Rear Tray depending on the selection of the page size or media type See Media Types You Can Use Note For details on Automatically Select see Printing Documents Windows or Printing Documents Macintosh For details on other paper feeding refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide amp
16. ICM is built into the operating system sRGB and Adobe RGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a printing method suited to the image data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the application software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color Target data sRGB data Printing method Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver e To print using the color space of the data effectively Target data Adobe RGB data or SRGB data Application software An ICC profile can or cannot be specified Printing method Printing with ICC Profiles O Page top Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Ctp 239 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Specifying Color Correction gt Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Adjusting Col
17. LabelPrint gt Help If you are using a Macintosh open Application folder in the location where the MP Drivers were installed gt CD LabelPrint folder gt Manual folder gt double click Manual htm OF eee ee gi ee ie hi op ly r Alo Oo oa a i JP Sere eer Leena Page top Printing from a PictBridge Compliant Device Ctp 2 6 n3 396 cTp Advanced Gmde Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Printing from a PictBridge Compliant Device Printing from a PictBridge Compliant Device This section describes how to print photos on DVD CDs printable discs from a PictBridge compliant device D Important Depending on your PictBridge compliant device you may not be able to print on the label side of DVD CDs For details refer to the instruction manual of your PictBridge compliant device You cannot print on 8 cm DVD CDs 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Connect the PictBridge compliant device to the printer using a USB cable recommended by the manufacturer of the device For details refer to Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device 3 Specify the print settings as follows e Paper size 12cmDVD CD e Paper type Default e Layout Bordered or Default You can make image optimize settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge compliant device For details refer to About PictBridge Print Settings 4 Set th
18. Printing ea i lal OR O2 29 14 59 e In Mac OS X v 10 4 x or Mac OS X v 10 3 9 lf an Error Occurs Ctp 321 n3 396 cTp Error Number 1004 The following paper has run out Media Type Plain Paper Paper Size A4 1 Load paper into the cassette 2 Press the printer s RESUME button Plain paper of A4 Letter 5 and AS sizes will be fed from the cassette because Automatically Select is selected for Paper Source in the print dialog box Delete job Stop Alljobs Stop job Page top gt The Printer Cannot Be Powered On Ctp 322 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt The Printer Cannot Be Powered On The Printer Cannot Be Powered On e Check 1 Press the Power button e Check 2 Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the Power Cord Connector of the printer then turn the printer back on e Check 3 Unplug the printer from the power supply then plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on after leaving it for at least 5 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact your Canon service representative Page top Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Ctp 323 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange When a printer error occurs the Alarm lamp flashes orange as shown below The number of flashes indicates the type of error that has occurred Count the flashes and take the appropria
19. Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Stickers gt Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1 Click Select Images The Select Images screen appears Ble Edit Yew Hdp Selay ies for stickers Woes deci akg adelremace rages later in tha adiing geass To comet or anhante images chk the Carag Enhange bution Apai COCHISE zad prhangamant in thg ngpuiirg perqan i F E r Select Images rte Ss ae i fa ee e Ly Sees SS Ss eee eSSSeeeeEsy aE dl saan ns Bima THOS s 09 PHOS Shy Inside Pagasti rrage s 2 Select the folder that contains the image you want to print from the folder tree area The images in the folder will be displayed as thumbnails miniatures 3 Select the image s you want to print and click Import to Inside Pages The selected images are displayed in the selected image area You can also select the image s you want to print by dragging them into the selected image area EE Note To delete an image in the selected image area select the image you want to delete and click Delete Imported Image To delete all images from the selected image area click Delete All Imported Images EE Note See Help for details on the Select Images screen O Page top Editing Ctp 125 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt
20. Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Check the Background check box in the Stamp Background dialog box and then select the title of the background you want to change from the Background list 2 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens 3 While viewing the preview set the items on the Background tab 4 Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab If you want to save the background with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Background list Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Ctp 225 n3 396 cTp Deleting an unnecessary background 1 Click Select Background in the Stamp Background dialog box The Background Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the background to be deleted Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab and then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again Page top gt Printing an Envelope Ctp 226 n3 396 cTp Advanced cuide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Printing an
21. f you select A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper when Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source the printer feeds the paper from the Cassette If you select other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper the printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray When printing select the correct page size and media type If you select wrong page size or media type the printer may feed the paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality For details on loading paper in each paper source see Loading Paper or Loading Envelopes Loading plain paper in the Cassette When you use A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper load it in the Cassette The Cassette is inserted at the bottom of the printer The printer feeds the paper from the Cassette automatically by selecting plain paper A4 B5 A5 or Letter size in the print settings with the printer driver when printing For details on how to change the paper source refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide Loading Photo Paper in the Rear Tray When you use photo paper load it in the Rear Tray The printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray automatically by selecting the media types other than plain paper such as photo paper in the print settings with the printer driver when printing When you use plain paper other than A4 B5 A5 or Letter size also load it in the Rear Tray Loading Paper CTp 28 n3 396 cTp O Page top
22. more vivid The procedure for performing Vivid Photo is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set Vivid Photo Check the Vivid Photo check box on the Effects tab E A mi Yi F Photo Optimizer PRO hepy Threugheut Pia Sa El Fhan Nowe Reduction Deisis 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the image will be printed with vivid colors Page top gt Smoothing Jagged Outlines Ctp 256 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Smoothing Jagged Outlines Smoothing Jagged Outlines The Image Optimizer function allows you to smooth jagged outlines in photos and graphics that have been enlarged with your application This feature is especially useful when printing low resolution images from Web pages The procedure for performing Image Optimizer is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Perform Image Optimizer Check the Image Optimizer check box on the Effects tab E Mas 1A Page Setup af Etects i Protea A Maintenance E F Sy 3 Complete the setup Click OK The photos and graphics will be printed with jagged outlines smoothed EE Note Depending on application software or resolutio
23. standard account switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning This completes the setup on the print server system Next set up the client systems O Page top Settings on Client PC Ctp 390 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Connecting the Printer to the Network gt Settings on Client PC Settings on Client PC After setting up the print server system set up the client system The procedure for setting up the client systems is as follows In Windows Vista 1 Install the printer driver on the client systems Select Custom Install for the installation method For details on connection instructions refer to the Install the Software in the manual Getting Started Note During the installation a screen prompting you to turn the printer on appears Click Manual Selection and then select an appropriate port to complete your installation 2 Start the wizard Select the Start menu gt Network gt Add a printer The Add Printer window appears 3 Add a printer Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer and click the icon for the printer that you have configured on the print server system to be shared and then click Next Note If the icon for the printer is not displayed check that the printer is actually connected to the print server It may take some time for the icon for the printer to appear 4 Complete the setup
24. then Printers and Faxes In Windows 2000 click Control Panel then Printers Right click the Canon XXX icon then select Properties Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s If the port setting is not correct reinstall the printer driver or change the port setting according to the interface you are using e Check 3 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer e f you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again e Check 4 Make sure that the printer driver is installed correctly Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Uninstalling the Printer Driver and reinstall it following the procedure described in your setup manual e Check 5 Check the status of the device on your computer Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device 1 _acintosh Click Control Panel Hardware and Sound then Device Manager If the User Account Control screen is displayed follow the on screen instru
25. 203 n3 396 cTp It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases x a ant Important If you set the slider at the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 5 Complete the setup Click OK The data will be printed without any margins on the paper D Important If a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing When High Resolution Paper T Shirt Transfers or Envelope is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab you cannot perform borderless printing When Borderless Printing is checked the Printer Paper Size Page Layout Staple Side when Duplex Printing is not selected settings and the Stamp Background button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the type of the media used When the ratio of the height to the width differs greatly from the image data a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used In this case crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size Note When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab borderless printing is not recommended and therefore the dialog box for media selection appears If you are using plain paper for test printing sel
26. 3 Edit the file if necessary EE Note See the following sections for details on the editing procedures m Editing Album Editing Calendar m Editing Stickers gt Editing Layout Print EE Note Opening Saved Files Ctp 174 n3 396 cTp You can open files created with Easy PhotoPrint EX with the following methods besides from Library in Menu Double click or click the file From the File menu click Open then select the file you want to edit You can also open a recently used file by clicking the file name shown in the File menu Page top Changing Layout Ctp 1 5 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Changing Layout Changing Layout You can change the layout of each page separately Select the page you want to change the layout of in the Edit screen then click gal Change Layout Select the layout you want to use in the Change Layout dialog box and click OK Album O03 DEAE Apply to all pages Pal S ae ae a ee a ala D Important The album layouts that can be selected may vary depending on the Paper Size Orientation or the type of page selected front cover inside pages or back cover lf the new layout has a different number of frames per page from the current layout the following will happen If the number of layout Images will move from the subse
27. 4 Select the manual color adjustment Select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 5 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM for Color Correction Printing with ICC Profiles Ctp 242 n3 396 cTp 6 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance of Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data D Important If you print an image by specifying an individually created profile or a profile for special Canon paper in an application software select None from the Color Correction menu of the printer driver Printing image data from the application software that cannot specify an ICC profile When printing from an application software that does not allow you to specify an ICC profile specify the ICC profile in the print settings of the printer driver and print the data When printing Adobe RGB data you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the media type Select the type of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Main tab Ot Canon iPAEOO series Printing Preferences EJ Man EB Page Soiu gat Bt
28. Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File m What Is C1 or C4 Page top Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 105 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album gt Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 1 From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu appears Salat tha Rar yo wat Te create from the many Sakar birer fo access gaed pemg Page top Selecting the Paper and Layout Ctp 106 n3 396 cTp dvanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album gt Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting the Paper and Layout 1 Click Album from Menu The Page Setup screen appears ge Mew Album Eary FhotoPrira EX Fite Edt Yew Help perh aban nee Dee Se EC F panan Santis chen sakri a Tee Ch fhe puttan atthe bottom of te praon to merh Brout Eu Backer pumi Af ppernnming Pasa par gbr pegad fo fhe gaaet Images sergan Gener Settine Paper Sie Ad I ffi Goubke pace album Qnentation D portak AO Landscape Mage number Page Sntup Cove From amp Back 7 Open Same Layout D Select Images Thame g Edit Front Girer Dede Pisses Back i Layout Bagu
29. Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Duplex Printing Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows Performing automatic duplex printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box and confirm that Automatic is checked on the Page Setup tab ET Marben DEL A Langecape Rotate 180 diyt Same as Page Sine 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Printing or Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing or Page Layout Printing from the Page Layout list 4 Set the print area When you perform duplex printing the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page Click Print Area Setup and select one of the following processing methods Viren subomatic duplex peinting B pefomned the printable area d the pep ere ie eg and the printer may not be able ip cal cee Duplex Printing Ctp 216 n3 396 cTp Use normal size printing Print without reducing the page Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing 5 Specify the side to be stapled The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best Staple Side If you want to change the setting select another value from
30. Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance Routine Maintenance This section describes how to replace ink tanks when they run out of ink to clean the printer when the print result is faint or to take an action when paper does not feed properly Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status Replacing Procedure When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette Opening the Maintenance Screens Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows Opening the Canon lJ Printer Utility Macintosh Page top Replacing an Ink Tank CtTp 41 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank When ink runs out while printing is in progress the Alarm lamp flashes orange four times and the error message will appear on your computer screen Make sure which ink tank has run out of ink and replace it with a new ink tank EE Note f the error message appears confirm the displayed message and take an appropriate action For details refer to the Four Flashes Ink has run out of the Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange in the Troubleshooting of the on screen manual Advanced Guide For information on compatible ink tanks refer to the printed
31. Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e f the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the Print Head may be damaged Contact your Canon service representative e Check 3 Perform Print Head Alignment Routine Maintenance EE Note lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Colors Are Uneven or Streaked CTp 343 n3 396 cTp Alignment manually referring to Manual Print Head Alignment Page top Printing Does Not Start CTp 344 n3 396 cTp Ad ai cedi uide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Printing Does Not Start Printing Does Not Start e Check 1 Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then turn the printer on While the Power lamp is flashing green the printer is initi
32. Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Note If you have performed the procedure until step 3 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the Print Head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the Print Head may be damaged Contact your Canon service representative When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned See Aligning the Print Head O Page top Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern CTp 49 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern m Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Note f the Inner Cover is open close it f the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low See Replacing an Ink Tank You can also print the nozzle check pattern from the printer itself using the RESUME CANCEL button 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the Power lamp flashes green tw
33. Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon lJ Printer Driver gt Maintenance Tab Maintenance Tab The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer Powe Of Tuma Fa panier aft he rhehrmerd of cies ardina Nozzle Check a gaa es slows outa eet the utc power ceo Paper Source Setung dor Plan Paper Sets paper source for pian paper when Pacer Source is Aubomaticaliy Sabet Features Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers m Aligning the Print Head Position Checking the Print Head Nozzles Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper Cleaning Inside the Printer Managing the Printer Power Related features Reducing the Printer Noise Quiet Mode Changing the Printer Operation Mode Page top Canon IJ Status Monitor CTp 264 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Status Monitor Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing on the Windows screen You will know the status of the printer with graphics icons and messages Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when data is sent to the printer When la
34. Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect gt Cleaning the Print Head Deeply m Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by standard cleaning of the Print Head clean the Print Head deeply Cleaning the Print Head deeply consumes more ink than standard cleaning of the Print Head so clean the Print Head deeply only when necessary 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 3 Clean the Print Head deeply Bat Pate Deri lal biii aeai re od Fem gt Paar Han Pao QU ore i H ET E HEFa a Saag neem ees rr ee lerm iee ee ee ee E OF ae Cag 3 DEF heig Pri Hed Sores i emra foes peed eai per cee y aru Em prie Em see ri maya ee es Hli iei Ci rm Sic Bira DaTh a pie k iem e e a hiia mia la i Ee i m seul ses ee egg r krrirr FE ha mag Par Fler E p 5 Gua Mode a E BPA kih ba p p E E Ahmi b lo PRL ag a Hy Fm harat n hrala ay hes r rapi or mm i mh aiaa ox et ee ee eee es lhep ee Fa eed ee eee by eee Pee ee hae aa ire gya se ces cer Fe eet ee oa rh A ae ee ee T lip niran ees m h ee oe Par eel ieee mie Geer cee ee b aroe core iom rei oe e Afim Fr ers urey ee mmia iir dmb ba steak oe Be pert hear rrara bo hem ieee 4 1 Click the Maintenance tab 2 Click Deep Cleaning 3 Select the in
35. Ctp 178 n3 396 cTp Change Background Background Type Select from samples Image file No background Background Color Standard color a Custom color Customize Apply to all pages Cancel Help When Image file is Selected Set Image File Path and Image Layout then click OK Changing Background Ctp 179 n3 396 cTp Change Background a Background Type CO Select from samples C Single color Image file C No background Image File Fath a C Users Userl amesiIMGO0S2_s jpg Te Browse Semitransparent 10 Image Layout Crop to fit page 0 Auto scale to fit page D Tile Original size F Apply to all pages OK Cancel Help Note See Help for details on how to set the background in the Change Background dialog box Page top Adding Photos Ctp 180 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Adding Photos Adding Photos You can add images to pages Select the page you want to add photos in the Edit screen then click Add Image EE Note The screens for Album printing are used as examples in the following descriptions The screens may vary depending on what you create l i L p Maddii siza Mbd sia Milti sipa PE aiii cin mAAR eisa MARANTA eid Pe eee Select the folder containing the image you want
36. Digital Face Smoothing Function iIP4600 series Advanced Guide Ctp 79 n3 396 cTp Using the Blemish Remover Function Adjusting Images Correct Enhance Images Window Questions and Answers How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from How Do Print with Even Margins What Is C1 or C4 Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings Printing on a DVD CD Printing Vivid Photos Reducing Photo Noise Cropping Photos Photo Print Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print Printing Multiple Photos on One Page Printing an Index Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print Printing Photo Information Saving Photos Opening Saved Files Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Photos Attaching Comments to Photos Adding Text to Photos Saving Setting Holidays Setting Calendar Display Printing with Other Application Software Various Printing Methods Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Borderless Printing Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp Background Printing Saving a Stamp Setting iIP4600 series Advanced Guide CrTp 80 n3 396 cTp Saving Image Data to be Us
37. Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Ctp 146 n3 396 cTp Only JPEG Exif file format is available for enhanced images 7 Click Exit Note The enhancements will be lost if you exit before saving enhanced images Page top Using the Blemish Remover Function Ctp 147 n3 396 cTp Advancedauide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Blemish Remover Function Using the Blemish Remover Function You can remove moles 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click SP Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears AD Aido Pets Fe oe oy E A SEEESE SEES SEES ESSE EE EEE ESS EEEE ESSE SEES SEES SEES EESSEE oo Fuster S hapaa C Diaa Face ocothing ca Uer Uime eeg Stlevked 3 EE Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking p Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to enhance from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview EE Note f onl
38. JPEG Exif file format is available for corrected images 7 Click Exit Note The corrections will be lost if you exit before saving corrected images Page top Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Ctp 144 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function You can enhance skin beautifully by removing blemishes and wrinkles You can perform the Digital Face Smoothing function either automatically or manually 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click S Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears Sp Comet Enhance Images Bido PRs Fix Pedi ys Conatan Face Shapira os Digital Face Srasathing CA UperdUserhamefiendsjpy Selected 3 Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking qP Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to enhance from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview If only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview Auto Enhan
39. Loading Paper Ctp 29 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper m Loading Paper D Important f you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 4 x 8 101 6 x 203 2 mm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm or 2 16 x 3 58 55 0 x 91 0 mm Card size to perform trial print it can cause paper jams You can load only A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette Load other sizes or types of paper in the Rear Tray We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use You can use general copy paper When printing on both sides we recommend Canon s Super White Paper For the page size and paper weight you can use for the printer see Media Types You Can Use Loading Paper in the Rear Tray 1 Flatten the four corners of paper before loading it EE Note Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may Cause paper jams f paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide 2 Prepare for loading paper 1 Open the Paper Support and pull it out Loading Paper 2 Put your finger on the center of the top of the Paper
40. Printing Stickers gt Editing Editing 1 Click Edit The Edit screen appears Ede stikers as needed Brgert toi add miot of chaps Gage T Inside Pages a onde EEE General Tools 2 sey 2 Edit the stickers if necessary Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos m Printing Dates on Photos m Adding Text to Photos EE Note The edit information will be discarded if you exit Easy PhotoPrint EX without saving the edited stickers It is recommended that you save the item if you want to edit it again Saving See Help for details on the Edit screen O Page top Printing Ctp 126 n3 396 cTp Advanced Cites Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Stickers gt Printing Printing 1 Click Print Settings The Print Settings screen appears Blew Stickers i Hle Edt View Help Check sikar gng sapiri Cher kha Pring purton to pini with the garent peTingg Prinking starts Preite Canon 20008 Copag Pane Saar Phyto Stickers Pagar Souweca Automate Select Meca Typa Gios Photo Paper ce Prnt Quality d CUE ete F Donderied Prievieg Print Poen 0 Adweeted 2 Set the following items according to the printer a
41. Streaks Lines Are Misaligned m Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Ils Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of the Paper Is Smudged m Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Page top Cannot Print to End of Job CtTp 331 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Cannot Print to End of Job Cannot Print to End of Job e Check 1 Is the size of the print data extremely large findows Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet Then select the Prevent loss of print data check box in the displayed dialog e Check 2 Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space Page top Part of the Page Is Not Printed CTp 332 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Part of the Page Is Not Printed Part of the Page Is Not Printed e Check When performing automatic duplex printing the reason below is possible When performing automatic duplex printing the printable area at the top of the page will be 0 08 inches 2 mm narrower than the usual For this reason the bottom of the page may not be printed To prevent this select Use reduced printing from the printer driver D Important Reduced printing may affect the layout depending on your document 1 Open t
42. To display the Print Settings dialog box click Advanced 3 Click Print EE Note See Help for details on the Print Settings screen O Page top Correcting and Enhancing Photos Ctp 133 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos Correcting and Enhancing Photos You can correct and enhance images Click p Correct Enhance Images in the Select Images or Edit screen or in the Layout Print screen of Photo Print You can make the following corrections and enhancements in the Correct Enhance Images window D Important For Photo Print if you select Enable ICC Profile in the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box you cannot correct enhance images Note See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window Auto Photo Fix This function will automatically analyze the captured scene and apply suitable corrections gt Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Red Eye Correction Function You can correct red eyes caused by a camera flash Using the Red Eye Correction Function Face Brightener Function You can brighten dark faces caused by bright background Using the Face Brightener Function Face Sharpener Function You can sharpen out of focus faces in a photo Using the Face Sharpener Function Digital Face Smoothing Function You can enhance skin beau
43. When you print on a bordered layout the margins on the left and right or the top and bottom may become wider than the other How Do Print with Even Margins You can crop images or print dates on photos Cropping Photos Photo Print Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print You can correct or enhance the selected image before printing Correcting and Enhancing Photos You can specify advanced Photo Print settings number of copies print quality etc in the Preferences dialog box To display the Preferences dialog box click f Settings or select Preferences from the File menu See Help for details on the Layout Print screen a Page top Creating an Album Ctp 104 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album Creating an Album Easy PhotoPrint EX allows you to create your own personalized photo album Steps 1 Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 2 Selecting the Paper and Layout 3 Selecting a Photo 4 Editing 5 Printing Try This Correcting and Enhancing Photos Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Photos Attaching Comments to Photos m Adding Text to Photos Saving m Opening Saved Files Questions and
44. a PictBridge Compliant Device 6 Start printing from your PictBridge compliant device NY Important Never disconnect the USB cable during printing unless when explicitly allowed to by the PictBridge compliant device When disconnecting the USB cable between the PictBridge compliant device and printer follow the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Page top About PictBridge Print Settings CTp 288 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device gt About PictBridge Print Settings About PictBridge Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge function of the printer For the print settings on a PictBridge compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note In the following description names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices When you cannot change print settings on a device the printer prints images as follows Paper size 4 x 6 101 6 x 152 4 mm Paper type Photo Layout 1 up Borderless Date File No Print Not printed Image Optimize The Photo optimizer pro function will be used for optim
45. and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper The method to confirm the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your printer To print from a PictBridge compliant Confirm by using your PictBridge compliant device device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup e Check2 Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected according to the media type and printing data referring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again Note You cannot change the print quality setting from a PictBridge compliant device e Check 3 If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job m Part of the Page Is Not Printed No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White
46. and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction m Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Printing with ICC Profiles Ctp 244 n3 396 cTp Page top Adjusting Color Balance Ctp 245 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints during printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software if you want to change the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when Color Balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform No adjustment Adjusted in Color Balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set ES A a Pian Pape k Leter 8487117 218 S079 tern The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust color balance There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color
47. and then click Set 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity 1 Open the Print dialog box Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh 2 Select Color Options in the pop up menu 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar to set the intensity e Check 6 Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched CTp 339 n3 396 cTp the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software m Printing Area e Check 7 Is the Paper Feed Roller dirty Clean the Paper Feed Roller Routine Maintenance Note Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary e Check 8 Is inside of the printer dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the printer may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer s Cleaning Inside the Printer Note To prevent the inside of the printer from stains set the paper size correctly e Check 9 Set Ink Drying Wait Time longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the printer properti
48. and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the Print Head which may be necessary to maintain the printer s performance When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and open the Paper Output Tray gently 2 Open the Top Cover The Print Head moves to the replacement position A Caution Do not hold the Print Head Holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the Print Head Holder until it stops completely Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer D Important f the Top Cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the Print Head Holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the Top Cover Note The printer may make operating noise when the Print Head moves to the replacement position Replacing Procedure 3 Replace the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast Push the tab A and lift the ink tank to remove Do no touch the Print Head Lock Lever B D Important Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area Discard empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Note Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks For detail
49. be selected a You can customize the date position size and color in the Date Settings dialog box To display the Date Settings dialog box select the Print date checkbox and click Date Settings 3 Select a layout from Layouts EE Note The layouts displayed may vary depending on the Orientation EE Note See Help for details on the Page Setup screen O Page top Selecting a Photo Ctp 130 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout gt Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1 Click Select Images The Select Images screen appears Sekk mgpa for Gut printing You can asa addiepbee engages biar in the edgng procesi To cores Or anhace mages Chk the Comag Enhatge butta ASE OS TORTS aod SONA COTE TS in Te RUE rgan m gt fee Soti aie a f i E MHgeggdd_sjog E S tu3 nede Pagasti kragelsi 2 Select the folder that contains the image you want to print from the folder tree area The images in the folder will be displayed as thumbnails miniatures 3 Select the image s you want to print and click Import to Inside Pages The selected images are displayed in the selected image area You can also select the image s you want to print by dragging them into the
50. becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example if cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 After adjusting each color click OK Adjusting Color Balance Ctp 246 n3 396 cTp a ABCDEF p 1234567 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the document is printed with the adjusted color balance D Important When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Cyan Magenta and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Brightness m Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Page top Adjusting Brightness Ctp 247 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the Brightness specification is changed Light
51. check the Page Size setting in the application software you are printing from Then check the Page Size setting on the Page Setup sheet in the printer properties dialog box Windows or the Paper Size on the Page Setup dialog box Macintosh Note Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software e Make sure that the type of loaded paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing on the Main sheet Windows or the Quality amp Media sheet on the Print dialog box Macintosh To switch to manual duplex printing follow the procedure below Open the printer properties dialog box clear the Automatic check box on the Page Setup sheet and reprint When performing manual duplex printing note the following e f you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing one side of all sheets of paper will be printed first Turn over the paper and reload the paper in the printer and then the reverse side of all sheets of paper will be printed Be careful not to change the order of paper in the stack e The procedure for reversing the paper varies depending on the staple side and printing orientation Follow the on screen instructions Manual duplex printing is not available Page top For Windows Users CtTp 362 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt For Windows Users For Windows Users Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed e Check Is t
52. file bmp to be used Change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area if necessary e Placement tab Select the stamp position from the Position list You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window To change the stamp position angle type a value in the Orientation box directly 5 Save the stamp Click the Save settings tab and enter a new stamp title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 6 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Stamp list Changing and registering some of stamp settings 1 Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Check the Stamp check box in the Stamp Background dialog box and then select the title of the stamp to be changed from the Stamp list 2 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 3 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4 Save the stamp Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab If you want to save the stamp with a different title type a new title in the Title box and click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 5 Complete the setup Saving a Stamp Setting Ctp 222 n3 396 cTp Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again The registered t
53. images 6 Click Exit Note The adjustments will be lost if you exit before saving adjusted images Page top Correct Enhance Images Window Ctp 151 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Correct Enhance Images Window Correct Enhance Images Window You can correct enhance images in this window To display the Correct Enhance Images window click eS Correct Enhance Images in the Select Images or Edit screen or in the Layout Print screen of Photo Print HManizal AD Ait Pts Fe oe m af settle Reversi aes JI Face Chapiri Pig Digtel Face Smecthing CAU Ud erNamelguligg Selected 3 1 Toolbar Toolbar a g Zoom In Zoom Out Displays the enlarged or reduced preview of the page Full Screen Displays the entire image in Preview Compare Displays the Compare Images window You can compare the images before and after the correction side by side The image before the correction ennancement is displayed on the left and the image after the correction enhancement is displayed on the right Correct Enhance Images Window 2 Task Area Available tasks and settings may vary between the Auto and Manual tabs Click Auto or Manual to display the corresponding tab Auto
54. leave out cut lines uncheck this check box Pages To reprint only specific pages enter the page number you want to print To print multiple pages specify by separating the pages with commas or entering a hyphen between the page numbers Note You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the setup preview 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be divided into several pages during printing After all poster pages have been printed paste the pages together to create a poster Printing Only Specific Pages If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing you can print the pages you still need by following the procedure below 1 Set the print range In the Settings Preview on the left of the Page Setup tab click the pages that do not need to be printed The pages that were clicked are deleted and only the pages to be printed are displayed Poster Printing Ctp 212 n3 396 cTp i F Tani Fa e E Haa a Pace Sep al ap A O Lawes Rage 1E deppa bergs C Borcurteaa Penny Pace Layout Ponting EE Note Click the deleted pages to display them again Right click the Settings Preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages 2 Complete the setup After completing the page selection click OK When you execute print only specified pages will be printed
55. light illustration behind the document data The procedure for performing stamp background printing is as follows Printing a stamp CONFIDENTIAL IMPORTANT and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre registered 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab Lf or PROD ceric Pintaa Preferences Backgroure Degand find page ony o Ji csa oumas te 3 Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box and select a desired stamp from the list The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the stamp details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document check this check box Stamp Background Printing Ctp 219 n3 396 cTp Note The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap If the Place stamp over text check box is unchecked the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application used Stamp first page only To print the stamp only on the first page check this check box Define Stamp button To change the stamp text bitmap or position click this refer to Saving a Stamp Setting 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Pag
56. location and file name then click Save D Important f you edit a saved file and save it again the file will be overwritten To save a file again with a new name or to a different location select Save As from the File menu and save EE Note Save will not be displayed in the Select Images or Select Paper screen Page top Opening Saved Files Ctp 173 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Opening Saved Files Opening Saved Files You can open files created with Easy PhotoPrint EX 1 Click Library from Menu Selat the Ram yaw want to create from the many Selagi Lery to access saved Gems The Open dialog box appears You can check files created and saved with Easy PhotoPrint EX by icon view only for Windows Vista or thumbnail view D Important a When using 64bit Edition of Windows Vista or Windows XP the contents of files cannot be displayed on Explorer 2 Select the file you want to open and click Open The Edit or Select Paper screen appears EE Note Easy PhotoPrint EX supports the following file formats extensions Easy PhotoPrint EX Photo Print file el6 Easy PhotoPrint EX Album file el1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Stickers file el2 Easy PhotoPrint EX Calendar file el4 Easy PhotoPrint EX Layout file el5 CD LabelPrint data cld
57. oer eve check Aen nd aly ee ick Sed Thee op ee ba per eet ober Be eee eg ie Smi Speed Soe 1 Click the Maintenance tab 2 Click Print Head Alignment 3 Confirm the displayed message and click Align Print Head The print head alignment pattern will be printed and the printer will adjust the print head position automatically Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Printing takes about 7 minutes to complete EEE O ET Note The pattern will be printed in black and blue amp f the adjustment has failed the Alarm lamp will flash Refer to the Eleven flashes Automatic Print Head Alignment failed in the Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange of the on screen manual Advanced Guide amp f the above does not improve the print results align the Print Head manually Refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and a sheet of A4 or Letter sized supplied paper or Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 101 is loaded in the Rear Tray Load them with the printing side whiter side facing you in the Rear Tray 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension CtTp 61 n3 396 cTp Aligning the Print Head CTp 62 n3 396 cTp 3 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box See Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 4 Adjust the print head position ar it Camin j Sonne Tepi Frisi 1 M
58. of all titles Click Print Preview to display and check what the print results will look like before you actually print the document 2 Click Start Printing The Print Page Count Confirmation dialog box is displayed 3 Execute print Confirm the number of pages to be printed and then click Yes All topics are printed D Important A large amount of paper is necessary to print all topics Before printing be sure to check the number of print pages displayed in the Print Page Count Confirmation dialog box You can change the print magnification from the Print Preview dialog box However if the print data extends outside the paper with the new magnification the portion of the document will not be printed on the paper Page top Using Keywords to Find a Topic CrTp 88 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Using Keywords to Find a Topic Using Keywords to Find a Topic You can enter a keyword to search for a target page All installed On screen Manuals user s guides are searched D E series On sereen Manual qi Bk p e Uy Contents oy My Manual f JO Search p Print Canon E Printing Protos Ean PhotoPrint EX _ Prrting Deaumerte Wirdswt TI Solution Manu and My Printer D Gesing the Print Head Basic Guide Advanced Guide LA ee ae Re a Cee a fha manjan 1 Click A search window is displayed to the left of the On screen Manual Note
59. of digital camera noise reduction may not be obvious When this function is used for other than photos taken by digital cameras image may be distorted Page top gt Overview of the Printer Driver Ctp 260 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt Overview of the Printer Driver Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Maintenance Tab Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Preview Page top Canon lJ Printer Driver Ctp 261 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon lJ Printer Driver Canon lJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver is software that is installed on your computer for printing data on this printer The Canon IJ printer driver converts the print data created by your Windows application into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because the format of print data varies depending on the your model you need to have a Canon lJ printer driver for the specific model you are using How to Use Help You can display the Help describing the driver setting items through the Printing Preferences screen of the Canon lJ printer driver e To view all descriptions of a ta
60. or the print results may be blurred a s In this case 5 Print the nozzle check pattern Check the printed check pattern to see if the nozzles are clogged See When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Q Page top iIP4600 series Advanced Guide Canon MC 3015 V 1 00 Printing Ctp 78 n3 396 cTp iP4600 series GU 2 Basic Guide amp Troubleshooting Printing from a Computer How to Use This Manual Printing This Manual When you display this On screen Manual in a language environment other than English some English descriptions may be displayed Printing with the Bundled Application Software What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing Photos Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Selecting a Photo Selecting the Paper Printing Creating an Album Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting a Photo Editing Printing Printing a DVD CD Printing Calendars Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting a Photo Editing Printing Printing Stickers Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting a Photo Editing Printing Printing Layout Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting a Photo Editing Printing Correcting and Enhancing Photos Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Using the Red Eye Correction Function Using the Face Brightener Function Using the Face Sharpener Function Using the
61. order after printing 4 Set up collated printing when you specify multiple copies in the Copies box Check the Collate check box if you are specifying multiple copy together Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together 5 Complete the setup Click OK The specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order D Important Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Ctp 199 n3 396 cTp If your application has the same function make the settings with the application If you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and are unavailable if Booklet Printing is selected for Page Layout Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable if Poster Printing is selected for Page Layout Note By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page These settings can be used in combination with Borderless Printing Normal size Printing Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing and Duplex Printing Page top gt Setting the Stapling Margin Ctp 200 n3 396 cTp AdvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printin
62. page at one time See Help for details on frames Page top Printing Dates on Photos CTp 186 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing Dates on Photos Printing Dates on Photos You can print dates on images Select the image you want to print the date in the Edit screen and click Edit Image or double click the image Click the Date tab in the Edit Image dialog box Edit Image gt Postion amp Size Date ees E Text Onentation AV Landscape ey E Poret Font Size Medun lt lt Apply to all images Select the Show date checkbox Set the Text Orientation Position Font Size and Color then click OK D Important a You cannot print dates on framed images EE Note The date is displayed in the short date format mm dd yyyy etc specified in your operating system See Help for details on setting dates Page top Attaching Comments to Photos Ctp 187 n3 396 cTp AdyvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Attaching Comments to Photos Attaching Comments to Photos You can attach comments to images and display them in your album The photo name shooting date and comments are displayed from top to bottom in a comment
63. peo har raria Hbri iH barge ink geo for cheng F a wa re ware al the ik Gea fer iena eee Base erh Cleaning cotegrmen ink eR Sere 4 ieee C 4 1 Make sure that Cleaning is selected in the pop up menu 2 Click Cleaning 3 Select the ink group to clean When cleaning the nozzles of black ink tanks Select Black if there are missing lines in PGBK of the nozzle check pattern or Color if there are white streaks in BK of the nozzle check pattern For details on the nozzle check pattern see Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 4 Click OK The printer starts cleaning the Print Head when the Power lamp starts flashing green Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the Print Head This takes about 1 minute 30 seconds Note Clicking Initial Check Items displays the items to be checked before cleaning 5 Confirm the displayed message and click Print Check Pattern The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Check the printed nozzle check pattern See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Note f the problem is not resolved after cleaning the Print Head twice clean the Print Head deeply See Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Cleaning the Print Head CTp 56 n3 396 cTp O Page top Cleaning the Print Head Deeply CTp 57 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide
64. print on a bordered layout the margins on the left and right or the top and bottom may become wider than the other depending on the image and printer To always print with even margins select the Always crop images when selecting a layout with margins checkbox on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box To display the Preferences dialog box click cet Settings in the Layout Print screen or select Preferences from the File menu Crop the photo to apply even margins individually Cropping Photos Photo Print EE Note The following setting is available for Photo Print only Page top What Is C1 or C4 Ctp 160 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Questions and Answers gt What Is C1 or C4 What Is C1 or C4 When an album is printed labels such as C1 and C4 are printed as page numbers The C1 and C4 represent the front cover and back cover respectively C1 Front cover C2 Inside the front cover C3 Inside the back cover C4 Back cover Page top Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings Ctp 161 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings Printing on a DVD CD Printing Vivid Photos Reducing Photo Noi
65. printer the CD R Tray or the disc e Do not get dirt or scratches on the reflectors of the CD R Tray The printer may not be able to recognize loading of the DVD CD or printing may become misaligned If the reflectors on the CD R Tray become dirty wipe the reflector clean with a soft dry cloth taking care not to scratch the plate e The CD R Tray may become dirty if software other than CD LabelPrint or Easy PhotoPrint EX is used e Always use the supplied 8 cm CD R Adapter when printing on 8 cm DVD CDs e Always close the Inner Cover after printing on DVD CDs Page top Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Ctp 2 0 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Attaching the CD R Tray 1 Open the Paper Output Tray A then open the Inner Cover B A B 2 Place the DVD CD importat Make sure that there is no dirt on the CD R Tray before placing the DVD CD on the CD R Tray When placing the DVD CD on the CD R Tray do not touch the printing surface of the disc or the reflectors C on the CD R Tray When printing on an 8 cm DVD CD attach the supplied 8 cm CD R Adapter If you do not printing quality will be reduced and the DVD CD may become damaged e 12cm DVD CD 1 Place the disc on the CD R Tray with the printable surface facing up Do not touch the reflectors C e 8cm D
66. remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any printer malfunction or Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Fourteen Flashes Ink tank cannot be recognized Fifteen Flashes Ink tank cannot be recognized Sixteen Flashes Ink has run out Nineteen Flashes An unsupported USB hub is connected Ctp 325 n3 396 cTp damage caused by refilled ink tanks m Routine Maintenance Note If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank is displayed in gray on the printer status monitor Windows and Canon lJ Printer Utility Macintosh Routine Maintenance The ink tank is not compatible with this printer The lamp on the ink tank is off Install an appropriate ink tank Routine Maintenance An Ink tank error has occurred The lamp on the ink tank is off Replace the ink tank Routine Maintenance Ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes Replace the ink tank and close the Top Cover Printing under the current condition may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be c
67. resolve the error see Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange e Check 3 Has the Top Cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the Top Cover is left open for more than 10 minutes the Print Head Holder moves to the right to prevent the Print Head from drying out Close and reopen the Top Cover to return the Print Head Holder to the center e Check 4 Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time close the Top Cover wait a while then reopen it If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time the Print Head Holder may not move to the center since the Print Head may overheat Note Opening the Top Cover while printing moves the Print Head Holder to the right Close the Top Cover and reopen it after printing finishes Page top Paper Does Not Feed Properly Ctp 350 n3 396 cTp Ad ai cedi uide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Paper Does Not Feed Properly Paper Does Not Feed Properly e Check 1 Make sure of the following when you load paper e When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading e When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper support load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and
68. select Disable from the list according to the same procedure Note When the printer is turned off the Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting When Auto Power On is enabled Printer is standing by is displayed When Auto Power On is Managing the Printer Power Ctp 316 n3 396 cTp disabled Printer is offline is displayed Page top Reducing the Printer Noise Ctp 317 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Reducing the Printer Noise Reducing the Printer Noise This function allows you to reduce the operating noise of the printer Select if you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for changing the quiet mode settings is as follows E 3 Quiet Mode 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Quiet Mode on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Mode dialog box opens 3 Set the silent function If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode The operating noise of the printer is at normal volume Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode within specified time The operating noise of the printer can be reduced during a specified period of time Set the Start time and End time when you wish the quiet mo
69. software application The Print dialog box appears 2 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in Printer 3 Select Quality amp Media in the pop up menu 4 Select the media type of the paper to print in Media Type Note f you select A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper when Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source the printer feeds the paper from the Cassette If you select other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper the printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray If you select the wrong page size or media type the printer may feed the paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality 5 Make sure that Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source Note For details on other paper feeding refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 6 Select the print quality in Print Quality Note For details on the print quality refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide Note For details on the printer driver functions click Question on the Quality amp Media Color Options Special Effects Borderless Printing or Duplex Printing amp Margin screen to view the on screen manual Advanced Guide If the on screen manual is not installed it does not appear even if Question is clicked To display the preview to confirm the print result click Preview Some software applications may not have a preview function f Start printing Click Pr
70. supplied with the printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray e Check 2 Is the DVD CD placed on the CD R Tray Properly place the DVD CD on the CD R Tray attach the CD R Tray again then press the RESUME CANCEL button Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray supplied with this printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray e Check 3 Unrecognizable DVD CD may be placed Canon recommends that you use DVD CDs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer e Check 4 Is the DVD CD on the CD R Tray already printed If you place the DVD CDs on which have already been printed on the CD R Tray the CD R Tray is ejected In this case change the settings of the printer driver and try printing again e Clear the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box in Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab then click Send When printing is over select the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box and click Send Note If the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box is cleared printing may start without the DVD CD loaded Selecting the check box prevents the CD R Tray from getting dirty e Check 5 Is the Inner Cover opened when starting printing on paper or while printing is in progress Close Inner Cover then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the p
71. tab Leter 857117 DELS A E Lesene Plstabe 160 chores Letter 6 5 x11 Z 3 Select the paper size for the data Using Page Size select the page size that was set with your application 4 Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods e Select a Printer Paper Size Select a printer paper size which is different from the Page Size from the Printer Paper Size list If the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size the page image will be reduced If the printer paper size is larger than the page size the page image will be enlarged Ctp 206 n3 396 cTp Scaled Printing Ctp 207 n3 396 cTp Pant Ares Seto longe da Left Specty Mani 1 Wom i Fl Poni from Last Page Colste Cinop ameron tapas Legar 857x117 JA E Pitat A Largscane C Asiate JED depot 4 Pinia Pioi Supe baa 6211 Z H Fari Pager queas 215827940 Part Area Setup li ong ais ace r Let lii gezi Mis gri pn 1 1 55 SF wire ton Las Page Collate Ciaoo ameron Coen The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver 5 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale D Important Ifthe application software with which you created the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to also conf
72. the printer The printer contains high voltage components Never attempt any maintenance procedure not described in this guide Do not use highly flammable sprays near the printer This could cause a fire or electric shock if the spray comes into contact with electrical components inside the printer You may cause injury or damage the printer if you ignore any of these safety precautions Choosing a location Power supply Working around the printer Print Head and ink tanks Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks install the printer in a location with an ambient temperature range of 5 C to 35 C 41 F to 95 F and humidity of 10 to 90 condensation free Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet Do not place the printer with its back attached to the wall a Never remove the plug by pulling on gt the cord Do not use an extension lead cord Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing When moving the printer carry the printer at both ends Do not place any object on the printer Do not place metal objec
73. the printer confirm that you are using the correct paper and are loading it into the printer correctly Loading Paper 7 Insert the Cassette into the printer again and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer If you turned off the printer in step 2 all print jobs in queue are canceled Reprint if necessary If you cannot remove the paper or if the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact your Canon service representative If the jammed paper is not removed out when automatic duplex printing Remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply 2 Remove the Cassette If the paper is loaded on the Rear Tray remove the paper from the Rear Tray and retract the Paper Support 3 Set the printer upright with the left side down 4 Slowly pull the jammed paper out so that the paper does not tear Note Set the printer back to its original position immediately after removing the jammed paper 5 Align the paper then reload it in the Cassette Reload paper in the Rear Tray if necessary Note When reloading the paper into the printer confirm that you are using the correct paper and are loading it into the printer correctly Loading Paper 6 Insert the Cassette into the printer again 7 Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on All print jobs in queue a
74. the selected image Save Selected Image Saves the selected image Save All Corrected Images Saves all the images displayed in the list Exit Click to close the Correct Enhance Images window Manual Tab Select to correct manually Use Adjust to adjust brightness and contrast or to sharpen the entire image Use Correct Enhance to correct enhance specific areas Adjust Erhat Certs act Thap i SPee A e Taken prhini gilga Brightness Adjusts the overall image brightness Move the slider to the left to darken and right to brighten the image Contrast Adjusts the contrast of the image Adjust the contrast when the image is flat due to lack of contrast Move the slider to the left to decrease and right to increase the contrast of the image Sharpness Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Adjust the sharpness when the photo is out of focus or text is blurred Move the slider to the right to sharpen the image Correct Enhance Images Window Blur Blurs the outline of the subjects to soften the image Move the slider to the right to soften the image Show through Removal Removes show through of text from the reverse side or removes the base color Adjust the show through level to prevent text on the reverse side of thin document or the base color of the document from appearing on the image Move the slider to the right to increase the show through removal effect Defaults Resets
75. the type of page selected front cover inside pages or back cover You can customize the date position size and color in the Date Settings dialog box To display the Date Settings dialog box select the Print date checkbox in the Change Layout dialog box and click Date Settings 5 If you want to change the background click Background The Change Background dialog box appears In the Change Background dialog box you can paint the background in a single color or paste an image file to it Note See Help for details on the Page Setup screen O0 Page top Selecting a Photo Ctp 108 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album gt Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1 Click Select Images The Select Images screen appears Selick mHE for abar You can aso g0dfregare mages piar n the editing pet Te qonagi or ganha mages cik the Comacy Enhance bution Apply corrgctions aud enhancaments in thy mopubing rgan r amp Som by Date a v MEDIEI AIH THG9001_ 09 i iy Brent cavani Edifa Pages 0 rragets Bick Cowen 2 Select the folder that contains the image you want to print from the folder tree area The images in the folder will be displayed as thumbnails miniatures EE Note a f Easy PhotoPrint EX is started from another application MP Navigator EX or ZoomBrowser EX t
76. to add from the folder tree area on the left of the Add Image dialog box and select the image you want to add from the thumbnail window on the right EE Note Click an image to select it background turns blue or deselect it background turns white You can also select multiple images Select an option for Add to and click OK D Important You can add up to 20 images at one time to a single page Up to 99 of the same images can be added to all pages combined You cannot add two or more of the same image at one time In that case add it one at a time If you increase the number of pages to add images you cannot add images beyond page 400 EE Note n the Add Image dialog box you can select all images at one time or change the display size and order of the thumbnails See Help for details Page top Swapping Positions of Photos Ctp 181 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Swapping Positions of Photos Swapping Positions of Photos You can swap the positions of images Swap Image Positions in the Edit screen EE Note The screens for Album printing are used as examples in the following descriptions The screens may vary depending on what you create Sead DA H tad Pade Se a Sarees Ep gtd e ket Hy Sean Pa Tas mr E i a DoS a j i p E W g m ME
77. to match the loaded paper set the printer to prevent paper abrasion by using the printer driver Print speed is reduced if you are selecting the Prevent paper abrasion setting Deactivate the Prevent paper abrasion setting once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs Open the printer properties dialog box and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Send To open the printer properties dialog box see Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows acintosh In the Canon IJ Printer Utility select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Send To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh e Check 5 If the intensity is set high reduce the Intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy causing paper abrasion Reduce the Intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again 1 Open the printer properties dialog box m Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows vo Click Here Printer Driver Before clicking here to open the printer properties dialog box quit the running application software 2 On the Main sheet select Manual for Color Intensity
78. 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer driver setup window appears Note Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Start Menu Follow the procedure below to perform maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure print settings that are common for all application software 1 Select items from the Start menu as shown below e In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes e In Windows 2000 select the Start menu gt Settings gt Printers 2 Right click your model name icon and then select Printing Preferences from the displayed menu The printer driver setup window appears NY Important Opening the printer driver setup window through Properties displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing Preferences or application software About tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows O Page top Maintenance Tab Ctp 263 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a
79. 2 cm or 8 cm DVD CD with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing A printable disc differs from regular DVD CDs in that its label surface has been specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer Page top Cautions When Printing on DVD CDs Ctp 269 n3 396 cTp dvanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Cautions When Printing on DVD CDs Cautions When Printing on DVD CDs e Be sure to use the CD R Tray supplied with this printer It has an G on the upper side e Do not print on DVD CDs that are not compatible with ink jet printing The ink will not dry and may cause problems with the disc itself or devices which the disc is loaded onto e Do not print on the DVD CDs recording surface Doing so will make data recorded on DVD CDs unreadable e Hold DVD CDs by their edges Do not touch either the label surface printing surface or recording surface e Remove any dirt from the CD R Tray before placing DVD CDs on the CD R Tray Loading discs in a dirty CD R Tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs e After printing allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried e Do not attach the CD R Tray while the printer is in operation e Do not remove the CD R Tray while printing on DVD CDs Doing so may damage the
80. 314 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper When you select Automatically Select from Paper Source you can use the printer driver to select the paper source for plain paper The procedure for setting the paper source is as follows Paper Source Setting for Plain Paper 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Paper Source Setting for Plain Paper on the Maintenance tab The Paper Source Setting for Plain Paper dialog box opens 3 Transmit the settings Select the paper source for plain paper and then click the Send button The selected settings are enabled hereafter D Important The descriptions in the printer manual assume that the plain paper is supplied from the cassette If you change the paper source setting replace all instances of cassette with the new paper source Page top Managing the Printer Power Ctp 315 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Managing the Printer Power Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer If you use this function you will not be abl
81. Check 4 Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to Routine Maintenance for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e f the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the Print Head may be damaged Contact your Canon service representative e Check 5 When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing up Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Refer to the paper s instruction manual for detailed information on the printable side Page top Lines Are Misalign
82. Click to close or display the Search window 2 Enter a keyword In Keyword enter a keyword for the item to be checked If you want to enter multiple Keywords insert a space between the keywords Note You can enter up to 10 keywords or up to 255 characters Uppercase and lowercase are not discriminated The program can also search for keywords that contain spaces 3 Click Start Searching The search is started and the titles of topics containing the keyword are displayed in the search results list When you execute a search by entering multiple Keywords the search results are displayed as shown below Documents Containing Perfect Match Topics containing the entire search character string including spaces exactly as entered perfect match Documents Containing All Keywords Topics containing all keywords that were entered Documents Containing Any Keyword Topics containing at least one of the keywords that were entered Using Keywords to Find a Topic CTp 89 n3 396 cTp 4 Display the topic that you want to read From the search results list double click or select and press Enter the title of the topic you want to read When the pages of that title are displayed the keywords found on those pages are highlighted Page top Registering Topics to My Manual Ctp 90 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Registering Topics to My Manual Registering T
83. Envelope Printing an Envelope For details on how to load an envelope into the machine refer to the Loading Envelopes in the manual Basic Guide The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows 1 Load an envelop into the printer Fold down the envelope flap Orient the envelope so that the flap is on the left and the folded surface is facing down 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the media type Select Envelope from the Media Type list on the Main tab 4 Select the paper size Click the Page Setup tab and select Youkei 4 Youkei 6 Comm Env 10 or DL Env for Page Size 5 Select the landscape for orientation To print the addressee horizontally select Landscape for Orientation 6 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the information is printed on the envelope Page top Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Ctp 227 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose In this printer there are two paper sources a rear tray and a cassette You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your print conditions or purpose The procedure for setting paper source is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select t
84. Exif Print Pier Caron SOL Pager Source Chines bes _ Wed Ptrobo E Phot Mita Fi echaction Page Sin EE Note When CD R is selected only Disc tray will be selectable for Paper Source 2 Click Layout Print The Layout Print screen appears Printing on a DVD CD Ctp 163 n3 396 cTp Sebect te Land Gaon le pad Etech thes Preasa sred cick thes Prank bastion Exif Print 3 Select a layout you want to use 4 Enter the title s and specify the details of the layout in Advanced Note Items that can be set may vary depending on the selected layout 5 Click Print Set a DVD CD and print according to the message Printing starts from the top of the image displayed in Preview D Important a Do not install a CD R tray until the message prompting you to set a DVD CD appears Note You can adjust ne gt printing position on the DVD CD in the Adjust dialog box To display the Adjust dialog box click Adjust Print Area Print Position You can specify advanced Photo Print settings number of copies print quality etc in the Preferences dialog box To display the Preferences dialog box click car Settings or select Preferences from the File menu Page top Printing Vivid Photos CTp 164 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Setti
85. Guide Tips on How to Use Your Printer Ctp 75 n3 396 cTp Tip Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation When loading paper in the Rear Tray or Cassette make sure the orientation of paper A Rear Tray B Cassette To load paper in the Rear Tray load To load paper in the Cassette load paper with the paper with the printing side facing printing side facing down you Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide Tip After loading paper be sure to specify the paper settings After loading paper be sure to select the loaded paper in Media Type of the printer driver If the type of paper is not selected you may not be able to get the satisfactory print result See Printing There are various types of paper paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Media Type of the printer driver has different settings for each type of paper in advance such as using ink ejecting ink or distance from nozzles so that you can print on each paper with the optimal image quality You can print with different settings in Media Type suitable for each type of loaded paper m Use the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing Tip Never press the Power button If you press the Po
86. Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed Print Results Not Satisfactory Cannot Print to End of Job Part of the Page Is Not Printed iP4600 series Advanced Guide CtTp 81 n3 396 cTp No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of the Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Printing Does Not Start Printing Stops Before It Is Completed Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Printing Speed Not as Fast as Expected Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Paper Does Not Feed Properly Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Source Specified in the Printer Driver Paper Jams Message Appears on the Computer Screen Service Error 5100 Is Displayed Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed Error Regarding Automatic Print Head Alignment Is Displayed Writing Error Output Error Communication Error Error Number 300 Is Displayed Error Number 1700 Is Displayed Ink Info Number 1600 Is Displayed Ink Info Number 1683 Is Displayed Ink Info Number 1688 Is Displayed Error Number 1851 Is Displayed Error Number 1856 Is Displayed Error Number 2001 Is Displayed Error Number 2002 Is Displayed Error Number 2500 Is Displayed Other Error Messages C
87. Inside View Page top Main Components CTp 4 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Overview of the Printer gt Main Components Main Components mg Front View 0 2 4 2 3 7 6 5 1 Top Cover Open it when replacing the ink tanks or removing jammed paper inside the printer 2 Paper Guides Slide to align with both sides of the paper stack 3 Rear Tray Load various sizes or types of paper which you can use on the printer Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time See Loading Paper 4 Paper Support Open to pull out fully to support paper loaded in the Rear Tray 5 Cassette Load A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper and insert it into the printer Two or more sheets of the same size of paper can be loaded at the same time and fed automatically one sheet at a time See Loading Paper 6 Direct Print Port Connect a PictBridge compliant device such as a digital camera when printing directly See Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device A Warning Do not connect any equipment other than PictBridge compliant devices to the Direct Print Port of the printer This may cause fire electric shock or damage to the printer A Caution Do not touch the metal casing 7 Paper Output Tray Printed papers are ejected Open it fully before printing 8 Output Tray Extension Main C
88. It Is Completed m Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Printing Speed Not as Fast as Expected Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Paper Does Not Feed Properly Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Source Specified in the Printer Driver Paper Jams Message Appears on the Computer Screen Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing For Windows Users Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device m FAQs f You Cannot Resolve the Problem Instructions for Use Printer Driver Page top lf an Error Occurs Ctp 320 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt If an Error Occurs If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the printer is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message The message may vary depending on the version of your operating system 1 Load paper ints the cossefia 2 Presa the pinea RESUME Phen pacer of Ad Letter 65 and A5 sites wal be fed from the cassette because Automabcsihy Select is selected for Paper Source in the pointer dire Printing eee Printing Error Number 1000 The following paper hast run out Media Type Plain Paper Paper Size AJ 1 Load paper into the rear tray 2 Presa the printer s RESUME barton Status Mame Uer When Completed
89. O Page top When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect CTp 48 n3 396 cTp Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect If print results are blurred or colors are not printed correctly the pint head nozzles are probably clogged Follow the procedure below to print nozzle check pattern check the print head nozzle condition then clean the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory aligning the Print Head may improve print quality A Caution Do not rinse or wipe the Print Head and ink tanks This can cause trouble with the Print Head and ink tanks Note Before performing maintenance Open the Top Cover and make sure that all lamps on the ink tanks are lit red If not see Checking the Ink Status and take an appropriate action Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result For details refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven step 1 See Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern a After cleaning the Print Head print If the pattern is missing and examine the nozzle check pattern Step 2 i See Cleaning the Print Head If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the Print Head twice Step 3 See
90. Output Tray and open it gently 3 Extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Load paper 1 Slide the Paper Guides A to open them and load the paper in the center of the Rear Tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU D Important Always load paper in the portrait orientation B Loading paper in the landscape orientation C can cause paper jams B C 2 Slide the Paper Guides to align with the both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the Paper Guides too hard The paper may not be fed properly Note Do not load higher than the Load Limit Mark D After Loading Paper Select the size and type of the loaded paper in Page Size or Paper Size and Media Type in the printer driver See Printing Documents Windows or Printing Documents Macintosh CTp 30 n3 396 cTp Loading Paper Loading Paper in the Cassette You can load only A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette See Media Types You Can Use 1 Flatten the four corners of paper before loading it See Loading Paper in the Rear Tray 2 Pull out the Cassette from the printer 3 Remove the Cover on the Cassette 4 Prepare for loading the paper in the Cassette Pull the tab A towards you to unlock and extend the Cassette 5 Load paper CTp 31 n3 396 cTp Loading Paper 1 Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and THE LEADING EDGE TO THE FAR SIDE and align it against the ri
91. TE i i i Edit Tools See aaa Select the target and source images you want to swap then click Swap When you finish swapping all images you want to swap click Back to Edit Page top Replacing Photos Ctp 182 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Replacing Photos Replacing Photos You can replace an image with another image a PARODDI jog Herh siz Hogi sog T Edit Took Pelee Select the folder containing the image you want to replace with from the folder tree area on the left of the Replace Image dialog box Select the image you want to replace with from the thumbnail window on the right of the screen and click OK If you want to select from the images already imported click the Imported Images tab and select the image you want to replace with from the thumbnail window and click OK D Important You cannot select multiple images in the Replace Image dialog box EE Note a If you select multiple images in the Edit screen and use the replacement function all the images selected in the Edit screen will be replaced with the image selected in the Replace Image dialog box When images are replaced the following settings of the old image are inherited to the new image Position Size Frame Position and size of the date The cropping information and image orien
92. Tab Select to correct automatically serra a ee Wek off Srog Digtal Face Smoothing Cee Urre gil jeg Auto Photo Fix Applies automatic corrections suitable for photos D Important The Auto Photo Fix function is not available for Photo Print Photo Print allows you to automatically apply suitable corrections to all photos when printing Select this option in Image on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box To display the Preferences dialog box click cst Settings in the Layout Print screen or select Preferences from the File menu Red Eye Correction Corrects red eyes EE Note For Photo Print you can also correct red eyes by selecting Enable Auto Photo Fix in Color correction for printing on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box and selecting the Enable Red Eye Correction checkbox Ctp 152 n3 396 cTp Correct Enhance Images Window CtTp 153 n3 396 cTp Face Sharpener Sharpens out of focus faces You can adjust the effect level using the slider Digital Face Smoothing Enhances skin beautifully by removing blemishes and wrinkles You can adjust the effect level using the slider Apply to all images Automatically corrects all the images displayed in the list OK Applies the selected effect to the selected image or all images Reset Selected Image Cancels all corrections and enhancements applied to
93. Take the appropriate action as described on the screen and then click Finish The icon for the shared printer will be created in the Printers window This completes the setup on the client systems You can now share the printer in the network In Windows XP Windows 2000 1 Install the printer driver on the client systems Select Custom Install for the installation method For details on connection instructions refer to the Install the Software in the manual Getting Started Note During the installation a screen prompting you to turn the printer on appears Click Manual Selection and then select an appropriate port to complete your installation 2 Start the wizard e In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes gt Add a printer e In Windows 2000 select the Start menu gt Settings gt Printers gt Add a printer When Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard screen appears click Next 3 Add a printer Settings on Client PC Ctp 391 n3 396 cTp Select A network printer or a printer attached to another computer Windows XP or Network printer Windows 2000 then click Next On the Specify a Printer window Windows XP or Locate Your Printer window Windows 2000 click Next and then search for the print server system Click the icon for the printer that you have configured on the print server system to be shared and then click Next Note If
94. Type list Poster Printing is selected from the Page Layout list When Booklet Printing is selected from the Page Layout list Duplex Printing and Staple Side appear grayed out and are unavailable After printing the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during the time You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab When you perform the automatic duplex printing for Hagaki print an address first and then print your message Note If the Media Type dialog box appears when performing borderless printing during duplex printing select Plain Paper When performing the automatic duplex printing do not use any plain paper smaller than A5 Also do not select any type of paper other than Plain Paper or Hagaki at Media Type If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab Page top gt Stamp Background Printing Ctp 218 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Stamp Background Printing Stamp Background Printing This feature is unavailable when the 64 bit printer driver is used The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data The Background function allows you to print a
95. VD CD 1 Align the protrusions on both edge of the 8 cm CD R Adapter with indentations on the CD R Tray Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Ctp 271 n3 396 cTp 3 Place the CD R Tray Important Do not attach the CD R Tray until the message asking you to load the DVD CD is displayed Doing so can damage the printer Note The CD R Tray may be ejected after a specified period of time has elapsed In this case follow the on screen instructions to place the CD R Tray 4 Insert the CD R Tray straightly until the arrow J on the Inner Cover is almost aligned with the arrow gt on the CD R Tray D Keep the CD R Tray level when inserting it E Align the arrow gt on the CD R Tray with the arrow J on the Inner Cover D Important Do not insert the CD R Tray beyond the arrow I on the Inner Cover Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Removing the CD R Tray 1 Pull out the CD R Tray ta Important a Ifthe Inner Cover is opened you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly Make sure that the Inner Cover is closed 3 Remove the DVD CD Adcaution Do not touch the printable surface when removing the disc from the CD R Tray Note Dry the printing surface sufficiently before removing the disc If you see printing on the CD R Tray or the transparent parts on inner or outer diameter of DVD CD wipe them off after the printing surface is dry e 12cm DVD CD 1 Remove the disc from
96. Your Computer Ctp 310 n3 396 cTp Advancedicmide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Changing the Print Options Saving a Changed Printing Profile Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode Page top Changing the Print Options Ctp 311 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Changing the Print Options Changing the Print Options You change detailed print driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software With some applications part of the image data may be cut off the paper source during printing may differ from the driver settings or printing may fail These are the only instances in which you would need to check this check box The procedure for changing the print options is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Options on the Page Setup tab kii Bean Cias Part Ara Hip 1 535 Zr Poin from Last Page Collate b a f oa CT s The Print Options dialog box opens Dinah he color profile eating of the apposite software El Disses the paper source setting of the aopbcation softean Und of Pore Dats Proceseng Renged Lota ki
97. a 2 Set the following items in the General Settings section Paper Size Orientation Cover Double page album Page number Note See Help on the paper size that can be selected You can select whether to display images on the inside of the front and back covers in the Cover Options dialog box To display the Cover Options dialog box select Front or Front amp Back for Cover and click Options Select the Double page album checkbox to enable the spread page layout consisting of two page master In a double page album you can arrange an image across the left and right pages You can customize the page numbers position font size etc in the Page Number Settings dialog box To display the Page Number Settings dialog box select the Page number checkbox and click Settings You can customize the margins of the front cover inside pages and back cover in the Margin Settings dialog box To display the Margin Settings dialog box click Margins 3 Select the theme you want to use from Theme in Sample Layout 4 If you want to change the layout click Layout The Change Layout dialog box appears In the Change Layout dialog box you can change the layout or select whether to print the date on which the picture was taken on the photo Note Selecting the Paper and Layout Ctp 107 n3 396 cTp The album layouts that can be selected may vary depending on the Paper Size Orientation Double page album or
98. able side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper visit our website You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name 2 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 100 recycled paper can be used 3 Feeding this paper from the Cassette can damage the printer Always load in the Rear Tray 4 We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the Paper Output Tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 5 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time Page Sizes You can load plain paper of the following page sizes in the Cassette A4 B5 A5 and Letter sizes Plain paper of other page sizes is not loadable in the Cassette Load them in the Rear Tray In Macintosh Choukei 3 and Choukei 4 are not available Standard sizes Letter 8 50 x 11 00 inches 215 9 x 279 4 Legal 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm mm A5 5 83 x 8 27 inches 148 0 x 210 0 mm A4 8 27 x 11 69 inches
99. alftoning method The procedure for setting the print quality level and the halftoning method is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the print quality Select Custom for Print Quality on the Main tab and click Set 3 Setting the print quality and halftone expression method Move the Quality slider to select the quality level Select Halftoning and click OK EE Note Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Ctp 234 n3 396 cTp Halftones refer to color shades between the darkest color and the brightest color The printer replaces the color shades with a collection of small dots to express the halftones Dither arranges the dots according to fixed rules to express the halftones Diffusion places the dots randomly to express the halftones When you select Auto the data is printed with the optimal halftoning method for the selected print quality 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified quality level and halftoning method D Important Certain print quality levels and halftoning methods cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Note When the part of the object is not printed selecting Diffusion for Halftoning may solve the problem Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness m Adjusting Intensity Adjustin
100. alizing Wait until the Power lamp stops flashing and remains lit green Note When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the Power lamp is flashing green the computer is processing data and sending them to the printer Wait until printing starts e Check 2 Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if ink has run out e Check 3 Open the Top Cover and check to see if the ink lamps are flashing red If there is still sufficient ink but its ink lamp is flashing red an ink tank may not be installed in a right position Routine Maintenance e Check 4 Open the Top Cover and make sure that the ink lamps light up red If the ink lamp is not lit press the mark on the ink tank until it clicks into place e Check 5 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer then check the following e f you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again e Check 6 Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer If there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them Deleting the Undesired Print Job e Check 7 Make sure
101. all adjustments brightness contrast sharpness blur and show through removal Reset Selected Image Cancels all adjustments applied to the selected image Save Selected Image Saves the selected image Save All Corrected Images Saves all the images displayed in the list Exit Click to close the Correct Enhance Images window Correct Enhance EE Flew Eu Coneis eo Face Enghtens oo Face Shapenc i 4 WE j Diery Tpit fhe aya ve by Gore os KAN Face Sihi oo Dismiih Remover CARa Uhm gulgeg Seleeted 3 Red Eye Correction Corrects red eyes You can specify the area you want to apply the effect to You can adjust the effect level using the slider Note For Photo Print red eyes are automatically corrected when Enable Auto Photo Fix is selected in Color correction for printing on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box and the Enable Red Eye Correction checkbox is selected To disable the automatic correction deselect the checkbox Face Brightener Corrects the entire image so that the selected facial area is brightened You can adjust the effect level using the slider Face Sharpener Sharpens out of focus faces You can specify the area you want to apply the effect to You can adjust the effect level using the slider CTp 154 n3 396 cTp Correct Enhance Images Window Digital Face Smoothing Enhances skin beautifully by removing blemishes and wrinkles You can specify the area you
102. allas Chasen rang rame eed odin Saget he Le ee Por ee ard Per ici Ejo 4 5 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The Paper Feed Roller will rotate as it is cleaned Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller 5 Make sure that the Paper Feed Roller stops rotating When the message appears load paper in the paper source you selected in the procedure of 3 in step 4 Load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 6 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The paper that is loaded in the printer will feed through the printer and be ejected Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the Paper Feed Roller 7 When the completion message appears click OK If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the Paper Feed Roller A in the Rear Tray as described above turn off the printer unplug the power cord and then wipe the Paper Feed Roller located in the center inside the Rear Tray with a moistened cotton swab or the like Rotate the roller manually in the direction of the arrow B as you clean it Do not touch the roller with your fingers rotate it with the cotton swab If this does not solve the problem contact your Canon service representative acintosh 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper in the printer 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tay Extension 3 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box See O
103. amples in the following descriptions The screens may vary depending on what you create cot Tant Rio e Tat Poston Sere Colors amp Linea Amemoy y parce Fort ye Be Fl geina Tl pete T Saag p a Eepe Hom age Gencow Seorg OE otra aeg Dyret ign Carter Sane aa on h Hee Gi Pk rinii A Bu a im my mg BE C4 Select the Text tab in the Edit Text Box dialog box and enter text EE Note a n the Edit Text Box dialog box you can change the position angle and size of the text You can also set the color and line of the text box See Help for details To change the entered text select it and click Edit Text Box The Edit Text Box dialog box appears You can change the text Page top Saving Ctp 190 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Saving Saving You can save edited items Click Save in the Edit or Print Settings screen EE Note The screens for Album printing are used as examples in the following descriptions The screens may vary depending on what you create E ew Album Farr Pha apara EY aaa DAF f l Check apum pring settings Clot the Pring button to pring with the oawent setings Prinking starts Preven Canon OX Cong Pane Sagar AA Pager Soutg
104. aning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads Page top Cleaning Inside the Printer Ctp 308 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning Inside the Printer Cleaning Inside the Printer The bottom plate cleaning function allows you to prevent smudges on the reverse side of a sheet of paper Perform bottom plate cleaning before you perform duplex printing Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows Bottom Plate Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer As instructed in the dialog box fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half horizontally and then unfold the sheet Load the paper into the rear tray in the portrait orientation with the crest of the crease facing down 4 Perform the bottom plate cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and click Execute Bottom plate cleaning starts Page top Changing the Printer Settings Ctp 309 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings Changing the Printer Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer Page top Changing Printer Settings from
105. annot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing For Windows Users Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed The Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device FAQs If You Cannot Resolve the Problem Instructions for Use Printer Driver Using Easy PhotoPrint EX About Solution Menu How to Use This Manual CTp 82 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual How to Use This Manual Operating the Contents Screen m Operating the Explanation Screen Printing This Manual Using Keywords to Find a Topic m Registering Topics to My Manual Symbols Used in this Document Trademarks Page top Operating the Contents Screen CTp 83 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Operating the Contents Screen Operating the Contents Screen La PO series Cn teneen Manual odber jpo eh Coments e My Manual 0 Search GS Print Advanced Gude Advanced Gude Printing fen a Cempeter Prinbing wih Other Appicates Software Overview ai ihe P asen U Printer Derr Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon U pointer Greer is software tial is installed on your computer for paving data on a The Canon U painter driven comverts the pii d ta cheaied by your Windows apelication its dal Prine Gan unserstind and sands the cht dala 85 Bee pinl
106. ar Maca Type Pring Quality Cupex Priming J Autewatic T Gorets Printing Advanced A memory of summier When the Save As dialog box appears specify the save location and file name then click Save D Important f you edit a saved file and save it again the file will be overwritten To save a file again with a new name or to a different location select Save As from the File menu and save EE Note Save will not be displayed in the Page Setup or Select Images screen Page top Setting Holidays Ctp 191 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Setting Holidays Setting Holidays You can add holidays to your calendar Click Set Holidays in the Page Setup screen of Calendar or click Setup Period Holiday in the Edit screen and click Set Holidays in the Calendar General Settings dialog box to display the Holiday Settings dialog box Holiday Settings Penrod From 2 2005 to 4 2003 Holiday Marne Set as Holiday Add Edit Delete Clear To add a holiday click Add The Add Edit Holiday dialog box appears To edit a saved holiday select it and click Edit To delete a holiday select it and click Delete To delete all the saved holidays within your calendar period click C
107. arie Check Pr Gare Muar be ate heh whether paral Ferd nace ere Clee ord Heed Above Gans pring head alegre on nore he meg eects araj lirst 2 Tjj euler pron Sead aligreversi r Taer fh greri meria oid ig pr peer ele irrar tha ahir am gor cere ed bend a hor y bE w ee ee Hara Pee Pam Te ee Loli cen ar ore mmm acc ey Poca ec Tepe eee eee agree tho Fumer beri 20mh De Ped rma eg jn ge eee See cee raf a a Th irg ee E a CE ed Ce eg oe Pe Age EEL uie a Gamera p 3 1 Select Test Print in the pop up menu 2 Click Print Head Alignment 3 Confirm the displayed message and click Align Print Head The print head alignment pattern will be printed and the printer will adjust the print head position automatically Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Printing takes about 7 minutes to complete i SRHENS HIE BIE C Note The pattern will be printed in black and blue f the adjustment has failed the Alarm lamp flashes Refer to the Eleven flashes Automatic Print Head Alignment failed in the Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange of the on screen manual Advanced Guide amp f the above does not improve the print results align the Print Head manually Refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide O Page top Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller CTp 63 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Cleaning the Paper Fe
108. aused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Routine Maintenance Note If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank is displayed in gray on the printer status monitor Windows and Canon lJ Printer Utility Macintosh Routine Maintenance If a PictBridge compliant device is connected via a USB hub remove the hub and connect it directly to the printer Page top Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately CTp 326 n3 396 cTp AdvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately A printer problem has occurred Disconnect the printer cable from the printer turn the printer off and then unplug the printer from the power supply Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact your Canon service representative Page top Cannot Install the Printer Driver Ctp 327 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Cannot Install the Printer Driver Cannot Install the Printer Driver e If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD ROM is inserted into your computer s disc drive Start the installation following the procedure below 1 Click Start then Computer In Windows XP click Start then My Computer In Windows 2000 doub
109. b Click the Help button on each tab A description for each item on the tab appears You can also display a description for a dialog box by clicking the link that appears on the corresponding tab e To see a description for each item Right click the item you want to learn about and then click Help Alternatively if the Help button is found at the right end of the title bar click that button and then click the item you want to learn about A description of the item is displayed Related Topic How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window gt Page top How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Ctp 262 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Printer Driver gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window The printer driver setup window can be displayed through the application software in use or the Start menu of the Windows Note This guide mainly describes operations on the Windows Vista Operations may differ depending on versions of the Windows Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure print settings when printing 1 Select the command you perform printing on the application software in use In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box
110. ber of pages to be printed and then click Yes All topics with selected check boxes are printed My Manual You can select and print topics registered in My Manual For details about My Manual see Registering Topics to My Manual 1 From Select Target select My Manual The titles of the topics that have been registered to My Manual are displayed in the Documents to Be Printed list 2 Select the topics to be printed From the Documents to Be Printed list select the title check boxes of the topics to be printed Note Click Select All to select the check boxes of all titles Click Clear All to clear the check boxes of all titles Click Print Preview to display and check what the print results will look like before you actually print the document 3 Click Start Printing The Print Page Count Confirmation dialog box is displayed 4 Execute print Confirm the number of pages to be printed and then click Yes All topics with selected check boxes are printed All Documents You can print all topics of the On screen Manual CTp 86 n3 396 cTp Printing This Manual CTp 87 n3 396 cTp 1 From Select Target select All Documents The titles of all topics are displayed in the Documents to Be Printed list and the check boxes are automatically selected Note If you clear the check box of a topic that topic is not printed Click Select All to select the check boxes of all titles Click Clear All to clear the check boxes
111. box A memory of summer 008 Family playing with sa D Important You cannot attach comments to Photo Print Calendar Stickers and Layout Print a Select the image you want to attach comments to in the Edit screen and click Edit Image or double click the image Click the Comments tab in the Edit Image dialog box i yo Se Fart Ae Position Size Crop Frame Date Comments V Show image name Image Mame IMGO0032_s Ipg Wf Show comments Coramerts R Show capture date Arial Font Size 12 4 pt 6 100 Calor E Fort Sti EB Eltai Center Postion Size From Left of Page 625 mm idih 42 0 min From Top of Page 216 8 mm Height 420 mom Select the Show comment box checkbox Select the checkboxes of the items you want to display and enter comments Set the size and color of font and position etc of the comments then click OK EE Note See Help for details on comments Attaching Comments to Photos Ctp 188 n3 396 cTp Page top Adding Text to Photos Ctp 189 n3 396 cTp AdvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Adding Text to Photos Adding Text to Photos You can add text to photos aa Click Add Text in the Edit screen and drag the mouse over the area in which you want to add text EE Note The screens for Album printing are used as ex
112. c is displayed in the Documents to Be Printed list Note By selecting Print linked documents you can also print documents that are linked to the current document The linked documents are added to the Documents to Be Printed list Click Print Preview to display and check what the print results will look like before you actually print the document 2 Click Start Printing The Print Page Count Confirmation dialog box is displayed Printing This Manual 3 Execute print Confirm the number of pages to be printed and then click Yes The topics that are currently displayed are printed Selected Documents You can select and print the topics that you want printed 1 From Select Target select Selected Documents The titles of all topics are displayed in the Documents to Be Printed list 2 Select the topics to be printed From the Documents to Be Printed list select the title check boxes of the topics to be printed Note When you select the Automatically select documents in lower hierarchies check box the check boxes of all titles found in the lower hierarchies are selected Click Select All to select the check boxes of all titles Click Clear All to clear the check boxes of all titles Click Print Preview to display and check what the print results will look like before you actually print the document 3 Click Start Printing The Print Page Count Confirmation dialog box is displayed 4 Execute print Confirm the num
113. ce Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to correct from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview EE Note f only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview 3 Click Manual then click Correct Enhance 4 Click Face Brightener Move the cursor over the image The shape of the cursor changes to Cross Using the Face Brightener Function Ctp 140 n3 396 cTp y gt J gt E 5 L a Taak Pre Spey a ate HAS Warhead Bes coe Tp Face Shapers oo Diala Fate Stretchers 92 Bharath Feros 5 Drag to select the area you want to correct then click OK that appears over the image The entire image is corrected so that the selected area containing the face becomes brighter and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image You can also drag to rotate the rectangle Click Undo to undo the preceding correction operation Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Face Brightener 6 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save corrected images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Only JPEG Exif file format is available for corrected images 7 Click Exit Note The corrections will be l
114. cement 3 Make sure that Auto is selected 4 Click Digital Face Smoothing 5 Click OK Skin is enhanced beautifully and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Ctp 145 n3 396 cTp Note Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Digital Face Smoothing Click Compare to display the images before and after the enhancement side by side so that you can compare and check the result Click Reset Selected Image to undo the enhancement operation If you want to apply the enhancement to all the selected images at once select the Apply to all images checkbox Manual Enhancement 3 Click Manual then click Correct Enhance 4 Click Digital Face Smoothing i RedEye Comecton p Fico Breii P Face Sisqperes Teak f Sigra are lo Sie oe Bleach Remover 5 Drag to select the area you want to enhance then click OK that appears over the image Skin in and around the selected area is enhanced beautifully and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Note You can also drag to rotate the rectangle Click Undo to undo the preceding enhancement operation Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Digital Face Smoothing 6 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save enhanced images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected
115. charred by regular z i Uini toron Mee Charing Pret pp midge dicing prinikig Sober Glee rm acisini pied tober easing for reo pee leptin TTE Tmp Chanty Urcksgi rard e Ht emret ba chanti by regale charing Daimi Tee bapi k gree Soe dees Cheers P psi ir mai aira m iHa lnk gmi Bar dees chaning Petair hearre Chak F all Caira zap tearing Coe me rene lrk ikari regular ciem btg Eem cIa ibiti Chara ceva iT Yaa ech pasih ed dani ran jerin ar a chaning die the dep cloning od ees Kraska Check amd chirk weeibe het prin bead poosles hoes bee urine e2 tal Check heen tac 1 Make sure that Cleaning is selected in the pop up menu 2 Click Deep Cleaning 3 Select the ink group to clean deeply When cleaning the nozzles of black ink tanks Select Black if there are missing lines in PGBK of the nozzle check pattern or Color if there are white streaks in BK of the nozzle check pattern For details on the nozzle check pattern see Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 4 Click OK The printer starts cleaning the Print Head deeply when the Power lamp starts flashing green Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the Print Head This takes about 3 minutes CTp 58 n3 396 cTp Cleaning the Print Head Deeply CTp 59 n3 396 cTp Note Clicking Initial Check Items displays the items to be checked before cleaning the Print Head deeply 4 Print the nozzle c
116. click Yes The dialog for entering a print head alignment value is displayed 5 Look at the first printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column A that has the least noticeable vertical streaks Manual Print Head Alignment mea ea BIR a ME ss ee gt z IT 2 0 i ie el oi gt E 1 i ee lt E Gl ll gt i gt Be BEA ie a Ce BE el o Note If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical white streaks HAHH Wa A B A Less noticeable vertical white streaks B More noticeable vertical white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column G then click OK For column F and G pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal white streaks C Less noticeable horizontal white streaks D More noticeable horizontal white streaks 3 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed D Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress 6 Look at the second printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column H that has the least no
117. con and then select Printing Preferences from the displayed menu The printer properties dialog box opens Important Depending on application software you use command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps For details refer to the user s manual of your application software Page top Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh CTp 385 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh You can open the Page Setup dialog box and the Print dialog box from the application program you are using Opening the Page Setup Dialog Box Open the Page Setup dialog box to specify page paper settings before printing 1 Select Page Setup on the File menu in your application program The Page Setup dialog box opens Opening the Print Dialog Box Open the Print dialog box to specify print settings before printing 1 Select Print on the File menu in your application program The Print dialog box opens Page top Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh CTp 386 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility follow the procedure below In Mac OS X v 10 5 x 1 Select System Preferences on the Apple menu 2 Clic
118. connecting with the PictBridge compliant device refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide For details on the print settings on the PictBridge compliant device refer to the instruction manual supplied with the device Connectable devices Any PictBridge compliant device can be connected to the printer regardless of the manufacturer or model as long as it is compliant with the PictBridge standard Note PictBridge is the standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital still camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone C PictBridge A device with this mark is PictBridge compliant Printable image data format The printer prints images taken with a DCF Design rule for Camera File system ver 1 0 2 0 compatible digital camera Exif ver 2 2 2 21 compliant as well as PNG files O Page top Solution Menu and My Printer CTp 24 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Other Usages gt Solution Menu and My Printer Solution Menu and My Printer Using Solution Menu or My Printer Windows only you can easily get the information on the printer or change the print settings by only clicking buttons on a screen With Solution Menu you can start the software applications supplied with the printer or display the operating instructions It also provides you with the information on troubleshooting With My Printer you can display the printer prop
119. cropped However such images will be displayed normally when enlarged or previewed and print results will not be affected 2 Select a layout you want to use Click a borderless layout to print borderless photos EE Note The layouts that can be selected may vary depending on the printer paper size and media type 3 Click Print D Important When you print on large size paper such as A3 A3 some computers cannot print properly if you print more than one page or copy at a time It is recommended that you print page by page when you print on such paper While printing on paper larger than A4 or printing high resolution images data may be printed only to the middle if many images are printed at one time In such cases select the Spool print job page by page checkbox in the Preferences dialog box and then print again To display the Preferences dialog box click ay Settings or select Preferences from the File menu When Fine Art Photo Rag is selected for Media Type in the Select Paper screen a 1 38 inch 35 mm margin is automatically left at the top and bottom of the paper It is recommended that you check the print range with the image shown in Preview before printing EE Note The photo print settings will be discarded if you exit Easy PhotoPrint EX without saving the settings Printing Ctp 103 n3 396 cTp It is recommended that you save the printed image if you want to print it again Saving Photos
120. ction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer This method is suitable for printing SRGB data If you want to print by using the color space of sRGB or Adobe RGB data effectively select ICM If you want to use an application software to specify an ICC profile select None The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Select color correction Click Matching tab select Color Correction setting suited to your purpose from the following and click OK Specifying Color Correction Ctp 237 n3 396 cTp Manual Coka Adjutant jaa Driver Matching By using Canon Digital Photo Color you can print SRGB data with color tints that most people prefer Driver Matching is the default setting for Color Correction ICM You can print by using the color space of SRGB or Adobe RGB data effectively None The printer driver does not perform color adjustment Select this value if you are specifying an individually created profile or a profile for special Canon paper in an application software to print data 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you exec
121. ctions In Windows XP click Control Panel Performance and Maintenance System then click Device Manager on the Hardware sheet In Windows 2000 click Control Panel System then Device Manager on the Hardware sheet Double click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support If USB Printing Support is not displayed make sure that the printer is correctly connected to the computer Check 3 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device If a device error is displayed refer to Windows help to resolve the error Error Number 300 Is Displayed e Check 1 If the Power lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the printer on While the Power lamp is flashing green the printer is initializing Wait until the Power lamp stops flashing and remains lit green e Check 2 Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer Message Appears on the Computer Screen CTp 359 n3 396 cTp e f you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the printer directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try print
122. ctions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation D Important Instructions that must be observed for safe operation E Note Instructions as notes for operation or additional explanations Windows Indicates operations in Windows Indicates operations in Macintosh Page top Trademarks CTp 92 n3 396 cTp AdvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Trademarks Trademarks e Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation e Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries e Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries e Macintosh and Mac are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries e Adobe Adobe Photoshop Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Page top Printing from a Computer CTp 93 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer Printing from a Computer Printing with the Bundled Application Software Printing with Other Application Software Page top Printing with the Bundled Application Software Ctp 94 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced G
123. d Size of Photos Cropping Photos Printing Dates on Photos m Adding Text to Photos Saving Opening Saved Files Questions and Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Page top Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 128 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout gt Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 1 From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu appears Salat tha Rar yo wat Te create from the many Sakar birer fo access gaed pemg Page top Selecting the Paper and Layout Ctp 129 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout gt Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting the Paper and Layout 1 Click Layout Print from Menu The Page Setup screen appears Soecty Dae Se GRC fr Gemaal Sontngs khen geleck a ipit Afer poer ng pagar BFE att amCgad fo the Saker Images eraan Famer See Date Sebi 1 Orapritartigin AJ Porras 2 Set the following items in the General Settings section Paper Size Orientation Print date EE Note See Help on the paper size that can
124. d if printing is continued under the ink out condition Routine Maintenance Note If multiple ink lamps are flashing refer to Routine Maintenance and confirm the status of each ink tank Follow the directions given in your setup manual to install the Print Head If the Print Head is already installed remove the Print Head once and then reinstall it If the error is still not resolved the Print Head may be damaged Contact your Canon service representative If the Inner Cover is open when starting printing on paper close the Inner Cover then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer e Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position The lamps on the ink tanks flash e More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamps on the ink tanks flash Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions Routine Maintenance The ink absorber is becoming full The printer has a built in ink absorber to hold the ink used Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Nine flashes The printer has not received a response from the digital camera The digital camera or digital video camcorder connected is not compatible with this printer Ten flashes Cannot perform duplex printing Eleven flashes Automatic Print Head Alignment failed Thirteen flashes Ink level cannot be detected Ctp 324 n3 396 cTp during Print Head Cleaning Press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer to cancel
125. d on one page Photos are arranged in the following order Example Index x20 You can change the printing order in Printing Order on the Print tab of the Preferences dialog box You can select the printing order from By Date By Name and By Selection To display the Preferences dialog box click ay Settings or select Preferences from the File menu Page top Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print Ctp 1 0 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print You can print a variety of ID photos D Important The photo may not qualify as an official ID photo depending on its use For details contact the party to whom you will be submitting the photo To print ID photos select 4 x6 10x15cm for Paper Size in the Select Paper screen and select a layout of the ID photo from the layouts in the Layout Print screen W Mew Pisto Print Easy Phetcfrint E File Edt view Help Selaci the Land ou war lo ped Cherk thes Presna ered dek the Print button Pretirey bats See the following section for details on how to select photos Selecting a Photo Photos are arranged in the following order Example ID Photo 3 5x4 5cm You can change the printing
126. d with color compensation D Important Photo Optimizer PRO does not function when e Background is set in the Stamp Background dialog box on the Page Setup tab e Define Stamp is selected in the Stamp Background dialog box on the Page Setup tab and the bitmapped stamp is configured Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration CTp 258 n3 396 cTp Note Depending on images the Photo Optimizer PRO may have no discernible effect Page top Reducing Photo Noise Ctp 259 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Reducing Photo Noise Reducing Photo Noise With the Photo Noise Reduction function you can reduce the digital camera noise and improve the image quality of the digital print The procedure for performing Photo Noise Reduction is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set Photo Noise Reduction Check the Photo Noise Reduction check box on the Effects tab and select Normal or Strong for the level 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the image will be printed with the digital camera noise being reduced EE Note E It is recommended to select Normal for most cases Select Strong if you have selected Normal and the noise still bothers you Depending on application software or resolution of image data effects
127. dar display font colors of the dates and days of the week position and size of the calendar etc Setting Calendar Display You can paint the background in a single color or paste an image file to it in the Change Background dialog box To display the Change Background dialog box click Background EE Note See Help for details on the Page Setup screen O Page top Selecting a Photo CTp 118 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars gt Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1 Click Select Images The Select Images screen appears Sp Mew Caledi Easy PhotoPrint EX Ble Edt Yew Help Selagi rapes for calendar Wow cat abo piiramata images bier in the adiing Hess To cores oF anhy mages Chk the CoracyEnhange butta ASS OS TQRTS aS SUMAN CO ITENTS ini Tp RUE rgan i A 5 E i E mal pe m a m E T a a a F i i i a i Ls ee bael ee THOS s 09 PHONE Shy Inside PagestO i 2 Select the folder that contains the image you want to print from the folder tree area The images in the folder will be displayed as thumbnails miniatures 3 Select the image s you want to print and click Import to Inside Pages The selected images are displayed in the selected image area You can also select the image s you want to print b
128. de to be activated D Important The time specified in Start time and in End time must be different 4 Transmit the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click Send Click OK when the confirmation message appears The selected settings are enabled hereafter Note The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the paper source and the print quality settings Page top gt Changing the Printer Operation Mode Ctp 318 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Changing the Printer Settings gt Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer gt Changing the Printer Operation Mode Changing the Printer Operation Mode This function allows you to switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for changing the printer settings is as follows lt m Custom Settings 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens Note If the printer is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to
129. dows The printer driver setup window can be displayed through the application software in use or the Start menu of the Windows Open the Printer Properties Dialog Box through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure print settings when printing 1 Select the command you perform printing on the application software in use In general select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box 2 Select your model name and click Preferences or Properties The printer properties dialog box opens Note Opening the printer properties dialog box through Properties displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports or Advanced tab Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing Preferences or application software About tabs regarding Windows functions refer to the user s manual for the Windows Open the Printer Properties Dialog Box through the Start Menu Follow the procedure below to perform maintenance operations such as print head cleaning or to configure print settings that are common for all application software 1 Select items from the Start menu as shown below In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes In Windows 2000 select the Start menu gt Settings gt Printers 2 Right click your model name i
130. e Front View 2 Load paper See Loading Paper Here we load 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm photo paper in the Rear Tray Note Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette and other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper in the Rear Tray 3 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 2 Start Easy PhotoPrint EX and select Photo Print Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Ahihi Lia ra Lbr 1 St e Double click Easy PhotoPrint EX on the desktop FB lick Here Easy PhotoPrint EX Select the Go menu Applications Canon Utilities Easy PhotoPrint EX then double click Easy PhotoPrint EX a EE Note a T VVindows To start Easy PhotoPrint EX from Solution Menu double click jew Solution Menu on the desktop and click gt Print photos or albums etc See To Start Solution Menu To start Easy PhotoPrint EX from the Start menu select All Programs Programs in Windows 2000 Canon Utilities Easy PhotoPrint EX then Easy PhotoPrint EX acininsh To start Easy PhotoPrint EX from Solution Menu click w Solution Menu in the Dock and click gt Print photos or albums etc See To Start Solution Menu 2 Click Photo Print Note You can select Album Calendar Stickers etc besides Photo Print See Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX 3 Select a photo to print 1 Select the folder in which images are saved
131. e Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified stamp Printing a background 1 Select the background for which the settings are to be changed Two bitmap files are pre registered as samples 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab The Stamp Background dialog box opens 3 Select the background Check the Background check box and select a desired background from the list The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab 4 Set the background details If necessary complete the following settings and then click OK Background first page only To print the background only on the first page check this check box Select Background button To use another bitmap file or change the layout or density of a background click this refer to Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified background D Important When the Borderless Printing check box is checked the Stamp Background button appears grayed out and is unavailable Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of Booklet Printing Related Topics m Saving a Stamp Setting Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Co Page top Saving a Stamp Setting Ctp 220 n3 396 cTp Advanced Gu
132. e desired job in the Name list and click Delete After canceling the print job blank sheets of paper may be ejected To temporarily stop a job in progress click Hold To temporarily stop all the jobs in the list click Pause Printer f printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are unsatisfactory adjust the print head position See Aligning the Print Head m For Mac OS X v 10 4 x or Mac OS X v 10 3 9 Note The screens used in this section are for printing in Mac OS X v 10 4 x 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on See Front View 2 Load paper See Loading Paper Note Load A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette and other paper such as photo paper in the Rear Tray 3 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 4 Create or open a document to print using an appropriate software application 5 Specify the page size marge Page Anri 4 1 Select Page Setup on the File menu in your software application The Page Setup dialog box appears 2 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in Format for 3 Select the page size of the paper to print in Paper Size 4 Click OK Ctp 19 n3 396 cTp Printing Documents Macintosh 6 Specify the required print settings 2 aCe ee Prawn Starelied 3 omau 4 Fone an Bre by ee PrI f PH F femara Eai an 4 1 Select Print on the File menu in your
133. e image you want to correct from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview Note If only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview Auto Correction 3 Make sure that Auto is selected 4 Click Red Eye Correction Using the Red Eye Correction Function Ctp 137 n3 396 cTp 5 Click OK Red eyes are corrected and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image D Important Areas other than the eyes may be corrected depending on the image Note Click Compare to display the images before and after the correction side by side so that you can compare and check the result Click Reset Selected Image to undo the correction operation If you want to apply the correction to all the selected images at once select the Apply to all images checkbox Manual Correction 3 Click Manual then click Correct Enhance 4 Click Red Eye Correction Move the cursor over the image The shape of the cursor changes to ks Paintbrush Conect Enhance TE RedEye Consin I Wik jf Sisi Surround a fed ares lo gpa the are pi mean bo correc 22 Face Brightener D Fxethapene TO Oo Blernith Renovas 5 Drag to select the red area you want to correct then click OK that appears over the image Red eye is corrected and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Note Cl
134. e installer Double click the icon of the downloaded file The installation program starts D Important In Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account click Continue or Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue If you are logged on to a standard account switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 3 Install the driver At the Welcome window click Next Read the contents of the License Agreement window After checking the contents click Yes Installation of the Printer Driver begins After the Installation Complete window is displayed check that the printer and the computer are connected through a cable To select the connection port for your printer manually check the Select printer port check box and click Manual selection At the Select printer port window select the connection destination and then click OK 4 Complete the installation Click Complete Turn on the printer and wait awhile until the connection is recognized This procedure installs the Printer Driver Depending on the environment you are using a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed To complete the installation properly restart the computer D Impo
135. e on screen manual Advanced Guide a Page top Appendix CTp 69 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Appendix Appendix Safety Precautions Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Tips on How to Use Your Printer Page top Safety Precautions Ctp 70 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Appendix gt Safety Precautions Safety Precautions Please read the safety warnings and cautions provided in this manual to ensure that you use the printer safely Do not attempt to use the printer in any way not described in this manual It causes unexpected accident fire or electrical shock A Warning This product emits low level magnetic flux If you use a cardiac pacemaker and feel abnormalities please move away from this product and consult your doctor You may cause an electric shock fire or damage the printer if you ignore any of these safety precautions Choosinga Do not place the printer close to flammable solvents such as location alcohol or thinners Power Never attempt to plug in or unplug the printer from the power supply supply when your hands are wet Always push the plug all the way into the power outlet _ Never damage modify stretch or excessively bend or twist the power cord Do not place heavy objects on the power cord Never plug the printer into a power socket that is shared with other j equipment extension lead cord 2 or 3 way adapter etc
136. e printable DVD CD Attaching Removing the CD R Tray 5 Start printing from your PictBridge compliant device Page top Printing Area Crp 277 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Printing Area Printing Area Printable DVD CDs The printing area of both printable DVDs and CDs is the area excluding the 1 mm area from the internal and external diameters of the label 1 0 mm 1 0 mm E commended printing area Page top gt Troubleshooting Crp 278 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Message Appears on the Computer Screen Cannot Print on DVD CDs Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device Page top Message Appears on the Computer Screen Ctp 2 9 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Troubleshooting gt Message Appears on the Computer Screen Message Appears on the Computer Screen E Windows Errors About DVD CD Printing Are Displayed p METTE Message 1001 Is Displayed E MET Error Number 1002 Is Displayed Ep METTE Message 1850 Is Displayed MATES Errors About DVD CD Printing Are Displayed e Check 1 Is the CD R Tray placed properly Open the Inner Cover properly place the CD R Tray again then press the RESUME CANCEL button Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray
137. e the same USS cable 7s Chant PC Cliant PC Client PC e Settings on Print Server Describes the procedure for setting up a computer directly connected to a printer with a USB cable e Settings on Client PC Describes the procedure for setting up those computers that will use this printer through the network When you execute print the data is sent through the print server system to the printer D Important In case an error occurred when a document is printed by the client system to a shared printer the error message of Canon IJ Status Monitor will be displayed both on the client system and the print server system For regular printing Canon IJ Status Monitor will be displayed only on the client system Note Install the printer driver from the Setup CD ROM that accompanies the printer on the print server system and each of the client systems according to the OS of each system Related Topic Restrictions on Network Printing Page top gt Settings on Print Server CTp 389 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Connecting the Printer to the Network gt Settings on Print Server Settings on Print Server To use a printer in a network set printer sharing on the print server system The procedure for setting up the print server systems is as follows 1 Install the printer driver on the print server system For installation instructions see the user s manual 2 Sel
138. e the pattern See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box See Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 4 Print the nozzle check pattern Daai i Aro ioir AHN ori ii 1 Marcie Chek Bris pares that bed pte Cheech Abebi pola Harj micra ma Oey Bord Heed Ab geererri Exum pea hed gl green IT rect che pr geet a obari weal bre fast 1 Select Test Print in the pop up menu 2 Click Nozzle Check 3 Confirm the displayed message and click Print Check Pattern The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Note Clicking Initial Check Items displays the items to be checked before printing the pattern 5 Examine the pattern See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern O Page top Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern CTp 51 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect gt Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern m Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the Print Head if necessary 1 Check if there are no missing lines in the pattern 1 or no white streaks in the patter
139. e to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off and the Maintenance tab is displayed again Tis Auto Power The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when print data has not been received from the computer for a specified period of time The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer upon reception of print data 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens Note If the printer is off or bi directional communication is disabled a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status If this happens click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify time from the list If this time lapses without any print data being received the printer is turned off automatically 4 Transmit the settings Click Send When the confirmation message appears click OK The Maintenance tab is displayed again The Auto Power On Off function is enabled If you want to disable this function
140. e warranty has expired Before contacting your Canon service representative confirm the following e Product name Your printer s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what happened Page top Instructions for Use Printer Driver CTp 368 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Instructions for Use Printer Driver Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver e Depending on the document type to be printed the paper feed method specified in the printer driver may not operate correctly If this happens open the printer driver setup screen from the Print dialog box of the application software and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab e With some applications the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled In this case use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software e lf the selected Language in the About dialog box does not match the operating system interface language the driver screen may not be displayed properly e Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties If you change any of the items you w
141. eaning turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the Print Head may be damaged Contact your Canon service representative e Check 2 Has the ink run out Check 2 Open the Top Cover then check the status of ink lamp Routine Maintenance e Check 3 Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it Page top Printing Speed Not as Fast as Expected CTp 348 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Printing Speed Not as Fast as Expected Printing Speed Not as Fast as Expected e Check 1 Is printing performed in Quiet Mode Print speed is reduced if you specified to print in Quiet Mode in the printer driver For faster printing do not print in Quiet Mode m Reducing the Printer Noise e Check 2 Is the print quality set too high Increase the printing speed setting in the printer driver Setting to prioritize soeed makes printing faster 1 Open the printer properties dialog box Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows vo Click Here Printer Driver Before clicking here to open the printer properties dia
142. eck 2 If the intensity is set high reduce the Intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy causing paper abrasion Confirm the intensity using the printer driver m Adjusting Intensity e Check 3 Is Photo Paper being used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper Loading Paper Page top Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Ctp 337 n3 396 cTp dvanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Printed Surface Are Smudged Is Smudged gt Printed Surface Is Scratched e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Check 2 Is the appropriate type of paper being used Check the following e Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Loading Paper e When performing Borderless Printing make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless Printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing the print quality ma
143. ect Plain Paper and click OK Expanding the range of the document to print Specifying a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document that extends off the paper range will not be printed Subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed Try borderless printing once If you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount becomes shorter as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left N Important If the Amount of Extension is shortened an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper Note If Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab you can confirm before printing whether there will be no border Page top gt Fit to Page Printing Ctp 204 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Fit to Page Printing Fit to Page Printing The DOth Anniversary na l a eS The procedure for printing document which is enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set fit to page printing Select Fit to Page Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab Letter E5117 JA E Perig A Lesene Asiate 50 dopta CEEA Z
144. ect items from the Start menu as shown below e In Windows Vista select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers e In Windows XP select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Printers and Other Hardware gt Printers and Faxes e In Windows 2000 select the Start menu gt Settings gt Printers The Printers window Windows Vista Windows 2000 or Printers and Faxes window Windows XP is displayed 3 Click the icon for the model name of printer to be shared e In Windows Vista press the Alt key on your keyboard and then select Run as administrator gt Sharing from the displayed File menu e In Windows XP or Windows 2000 select Sharing from the File menu Windows XP may display a message recommending the user to use the Network Setup Wizard to set up sharing When this message appears choose not to use the wizard and then set up sharing 4 Set sharing Select Share this printer Windows Vista Windows XP or Shared as Windows 2000 on the Sharing tab to set a shared name as desired and click OK A Important In Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account click Continue or Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue If you are logged on toa
145. ect the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box and click Send Cannot Print on DVD CDs Ctp 282 n3 396 cTp Note If you left cleared Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box and start printing another DVD CD printing may start without the DVD CD loaded Selecting the check box prevents the CD R Tray from getting dirty CD R Tray Jammed Pull out the CD R Tray gently If the CD R Tray cannot be pulled out turn the printer off and then turn the printer back on again The CD R Tray will automatically be ejected When the CD R Tray is pulled out place the CD R Tray again with an G on the upper side and retry printing Place the DVD CD properly Attaching Removing the CD R Tray If the CD R Tray is still jammed check if there is a problem with the DVD CD CD R Tray Does Not Feed Properly Page top Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device CTp 283 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Troubleshooting gt Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them Note For the errors indicated on the PictBridge compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the man
146. ed Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Lines Are Misaligned Lines Are Misaligned CTp 335 n3 396 cTp b e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check 2 Perform Print Head Alignment If you did not align the Print Head after installation straight lines may be printed misaligned Be sure to align the Print Head after you install it Routine Maintenance If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Manual Print Head Alignment Check 3 Is the size of the print data extremely large Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet Then select the Prevent loss of print data check box in the displayed dialog Check 4 Is the Printing layout printing or Binding margin function being used When the Printing layout printing or Binding margin function is being used thin lines may not be printed Try thickening the lines in the document Page top Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots CTp 336 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Ch
147. ed Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Specifying Color Correction gt Printing with ICC Profiles Printing with ICC Profiles If the image data has a specified ICC profile you can effectively use the color space Adobe RGB or SRGB of the data when printing The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print Printing image data from the application software that can specify an ICC profile When using Adobe Photoshop Canon Digital Photo Professional or any other application software that allows you to specify an ICC profile you can use the color management system ICM found in Windows when printing the data You can print the editing and touch up results of an application software by effectively using the color space of the ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method you must first use an application software to specify an ICC profile in the image data For instructions on specifying an ICC profile with an application software program refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the media type Select the type of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Main tab 3 Select the print quality Select High Standard or Fast for Print Quality
148. ed Roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the Paper Feed Roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it paper may not be fed from the Rear Tray or Cassette properly In this case clean the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning will wear out the Paper Feed Roller so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper f the Inner Cover is open close it 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper in the printer 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 4 Clean the eel Feed Roller ae ee lt r T Hono Pam Daag bimi eaa arc ear a j ET E C P Saeed e Une gn ree ss ore Sn eer 7 Se Se J m faeries peed eed mepri e remi Sf par ee ie Ii Saar foes es pa poles clisaribee fis rami I car kei Power Oa ae Be pe Sie Sore oe es ee bree Pica et Cline saad aieh chemi cama Hote Paced Sind Nis E T TH aig ican br roe op un use Pet Seed Geary Par Plan Piece af Eh ee acca Bd hd pa a ET Fam soo a hiu by es i la Sar brs ried Ii Dc HS oe fe Ta E S os tec ine 1 Click the Maintenance tab 2 Click Roller Cleaning 3 Select the paper source to clean 4 Click OK P
149. ed as a Background Printing an Envelope Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Simulating an Illustration Representing Image Data with a Single Color Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors Smoothing Jagged Outlines Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration Reducing Photo Noise Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Maintenance Tab Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Preview Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device About PictBridge Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Compliant Device Troubleshooting Troubleshooting If an Error Occurs The Printer Can Not Be Powered On Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately Cannot Install the Printer Driver Cannot Connect to Computer Properly Printing Speed Is Slow
150. eed to reset the page size or otherwise use Scaled Printing or Fit to Page Printing For details refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide For details on the printer driver functions click Help or Instructions to view the online help or the on screen manual Advanced Guide The Instructions button appears on the Main and Maintenance sheets if the on screen manual is installed on your computer To display the preview to confirm the print result select the Preview before printing check box on the Main sheet Some software applications may not have a preview function 7 Start printing Click Print or OK to start printing _ ra al Fog Sater Ctp 15 n3 396 cTp Printing Documents Windows Ctp 16 n3 396 cTp Note To cancel a print job in progress press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer or click Cancel Printing on the printer status monitor After canceling the print job blank sheets of paper may be ejected To display the printer status monitor click Canon XXX where XXX is your printer s name on the taskbar f printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are unsatisfactory adjust the print head position See Aligning the Print Head O Page top Printing Documents Macintosh Ctp 17 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Printing gt Printing Documents Macintosh Printing Documents Macintosh Note Operations may vary depending on y
151. elope Canon genuine papers Name of Paper lt Paper Load Limit Paper Output Settings in Tray Load Printer Driver Model D Rear Tray Cassette Limit Media Type For printing documents Super White Paper lt Approx 100 sheets A4 Approx Approx 50 Plain Paper SW 201 gt 100 sheets sheets For printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt 5 Photo Paper Pro Il lt PR 201 gt 5 Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 gt 5 Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 502 gt 5 Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 5 Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 5 Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt A4 Letter 8 5 x 11 5 x 7 13 x 18cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm 10 sheets 4 x 6 10x 15cm 20 sheets Not loadable 4 For printing business documents T High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 80 sheets Not loadable 50 sheets Photo Paper Pro Platinum Photo Paper Pro Il Glossy Photo Paper Glossy Photo Paper Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Matte Photo Paper High Resolution Paper Media Types You Can Use CTp 37 n3 396 cTp For creating your own prints T Shirt Transfers lt 1 sheet Not loadable 2 4 T Shirt Transfers TR 301 gt Photo Stickers lt PS 1 sheet Glossy Photo 101 gt Paper 1 Paper with a Model Number is Canon genuine paper Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the print
152. environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the printer will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the printer operates properly but printing speed may slow down due to communication speed e Check Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Do the USB cable and the USB hub if you are using one support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer D Important For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub Page top Print Results Not Satisfactory CTp 330 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first e Check 1 Do the page size and media type settings match the size
153. er Because Me formal of print dala varies depending on he your model you need to haw a Cano iinet diii for the spedit mode you are using How to Use Help You can display the Help describing the driver setting ems through the Printing Preferences a the Canon L printer dryer To vide af descriptions of a tab Click ihe Help bution on each tab A description for each itam on the tab appears You can alae daglay a description Tor a dalog fe by clicking the link that appears on tive Cures poredking fab m To see a deacripsion for eth Har Righi the Rem wou wank to leam shoul and fen cick he Help button Allematvely dick Help bution al the right end of the tite bar and then click he Rem leam about A description of the fem is displayed When you click a title displayed in the Contents screen found to the left of the On screen Manual the pages of that title are displayed in the description window on the right side When you click e found to the left of the titles found in the lower hierarchies are displayed EE Note Click Et to close or display the Contents screen Page top Operating the Explanation Screen Crp 84 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Operating the Explanation Screen Operating the Explanation Screen La EE seier On screen Manual TEEPEE FETE Advanced Guide dutvanced Guide gt How Jo Use Trag ieun How to Use This Manual Oporaing the Ex
154. er eger b 5117 25am m Ply sha ga be Stamp first page only L Background _ eecdograund find page ony 3 Click Select Background The Background Settings dialog box opens Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Ctp 224 n3 396 cTp Background Settings Net Saved Backgroures Save pings 4 Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File Select the target image data bitmap file and then click Open 5 Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed When Custom is selected you can set coordinates for X Position and Y Position You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window Intensity Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider To lighten the background move the slider to the left To darken the background move the slider to the right To print the background at the original bitmap intensity move the slider to the rightmost position 6 Save the background Click the Save settings tab and enter a new stamp title in the Title box and then click Save Click OK when the confirmation message appears 7 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again The registered title appears in the Background list Changing and saving some background settings 1
155. er gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print To print the date the photo was taken on the photo click Date Settings in the Layout Print screen then select the Print date checkbox in the Date Settings dialog box Date Settings Apply to all images Text Orientation Landscape C O Portrait Position F Bottom Aight EE Note The date is displayed in the short date format mm dd yyyy etc specified in your operating system Inthe Date Settings dialog box you can change the orientation position size and color of the date according to the orientation and background of the photo See Help for details Page top Printing Multiple Photos on One Page CTp 168 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing Multiple Photos on One Page Printing Multiple Photos on One Page You can print multiple photos on one page by selecting a multiple photo layout in the Layout Print screen gt Mew stg Print Eas zy Ft PhotePrint ina Ble Edit Yew Help Selari hes Lya a ar bi rE Check the Preasa wd chek the Print buthon Predrag Haie 36 amp leh EE Note See the following section for details on ho
156. er from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality 4 Click Layout Print 5 Select a layout and start printing 1 Select the layout of the photo Here we select Borderless full The preview appears in the selected layout for confirmation of the required print result Ctp 11 n3 396 cTp Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Note You can change the direction of photo or crop a part of photo trimming to print For details on the operation refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 2 Click Print To cancel a print job in progress press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer or click Cancel Printing on the printer status monitor After canceling the print job blank sheets of paper may be ejected To display the printer status monitor click Canon XXX where XXX is your printer s name on the taskbar Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the list of print jobs in progress To cancel a print job in progress select the desired job in the Name list and click Delete After canceling the print job blank sheets of paper may be ejected O Ctp 12 n3 396 cTp Page top CTp 13 n3 396 cTp Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX Basic Guide Contents gt Printing gt Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX m Using Various Functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX This section describes a few of t
157. er inside the Rear Tray with a moistened cotton swab or the like Rotate the roller manually in the direction of the arrow B as you clean it Do not touch the roller with your fingers rotate it with the cotton swab If this does not solve the problem contact your Canon service representative O Page top Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette CTp 66 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If the Pad in the Cassette is smeared with paper powder or dirt two or more sheets of paper may be ejected Follow the procedure below to clean the Pad in the Cassette You need to prepare cotton swab 1 Pull out the Cassette from the printer and remove all the papers 2 Clean the Pad sideways with a moistened cotton swab A Pad D Important After cleaning the smeared Pad dry it completely f the problem is not resolved contact your Canon service representative O Page top Opening the Maintenance Screens Ctp 67 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide x wi Ww GEE Ew r Ni AEN bn el Ad baw nd www A yy Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Opening the Maintenance Screens Opening the Maintenance Screens You can maintain the printer from the printer properties dialog box Windows or Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh m Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 1 Click Control Panel and Printer under Ha
158. er using the original packing materials If you do not have the original packing materials pack the printer carefully using protective material and place it inside a sturdy box A Caution Do not transport or store the printer slanted vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the printer 1 Turn the printer off 2 Confirm that the Power lamp is off and unplug the printer D Important Do not unplug the printer while the Power lamp is lit or flashing green as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer making the printer unable to print 3 Retract the Paper Support and the Output Tray Extension then close the Paper Output Tray 4 Disconnect the printer cable from the computer and from the printer and then disconnect the power plug from the printer 5 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the printer in the plastic bag 6 Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer D Important Pack the printer with the Print Head and ink tanks left installed in the printer Note a Clearly label the box as FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE Page top Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows CTp 384 n3 396 cTp AdvancediGmide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Win
159. ereet SE Distal Face Seccthing INGE pg MOM eg Fev Co Utter Ug eran G00 deg EE Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking eS Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to correct from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview EE Note If only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview 3 Make sure that Auto is selected Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Ctp 135 n3 396 cTp 4 Click Auto Photo Fix then click OK The entire photo is corrected automatically and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Note Click Compare to display the images before and after the correction side by side so that you can compare and check the result Click Reset Selected Image to undo the correction operation If you want to apply the correction to all the selected images at once select the Apply to all images checkbox 5 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save corrected images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Only JPEG Exif fi
160. erties dialog box of the printer driver It also provides you with the information on how to take an action when you have trouble with the operation My Printer is not available in Macintosh To Start Solution Menu Double click Solution Menu on the desktop Click Here Solution Menu Click A Solution Menu in the Dock The screens below are for Windows Vista Tor Di i EOE T a L E Ce N E EA EI H ueo om T ao Click the button of a function to use After starting Solution Menu click Window size small on the title bar to reduce the window size Soluilon kers clf i 2 252 S39 BG D Note Install Solution Menu from the Setup CD ROM when it has not been installed or has been uninstalled To install Solution Menu select Solution Menu in Custom Install The buttons displayed on the screen may vary depending on the country or region of purchase To start Solution Menu from the Start menu select All Programs Programs in Windows 2000 Canon Utilities Solution Menu then Solution Menu To start Solution Menu from the menu bar select the Go menu Applications Canon Utilities Solution Menu then double click Solution Menu To Start My Printer y Vindows Double click i My Printer on the desktop Solution Menu and My Printer Ctp 25 n3 396 cTp ee m ei e e i E oa D i a Daa e mia Dae aee alia hers ae IE enir Bei Sin m afi lee megre pes oe
161. es dialog box m Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 3 Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click Send 5 Confirm the message and click OK 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility m Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 3 Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click Send 5 Confirm the message and click OK e Check 10 Is the paper scratched by other loaded paper Depending on the media type the paper may be scratched by other loaded paper when feeding from the Rear Tray In this case load one sheet at a time Page top Back of the Paper Is Smudged CTp 340 n3 396 crTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Back of the Paper Is Smudged Back of the Paper Is Smudged e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Check 2 Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer s Cleaning Inside the Printer EE Note When performing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink Page top Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout CtTp 341 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Resu
162. es on the frames is decreased pages with the current layout can be fitted Note Select the Apply to all pages checkbox to change the layouts of all pages to the one you newly selected Page top Changing Background Ctp 177 n3 396 cTp Advanced amde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Changing Background Changing Background You can change the background of each page D Important You cannot change the background of the Photo Print Stickers and Layout Print Select the page you want to change the background of in the Edit screen then click Change Background EE Note The screens for Album printing are used as examples in the following descriptions The screens may vary depending on what you create Change Background a Background Type Select irom samples O Single color gt Image hle 5 No background Samples 001 ae 005 006 apte iF OAA Apoly to all pages aB Hiss O Select the type of background you want to use in the Change Background dialog box When Select from samples is Selected Select the image you want to use from Samples and click OK EE Note Select from samples will be displayed only if Album has been selected When Single color is Selected Select the color you want to use from Standard color or Custom color and click OK Changing Background
163. et poster printing Select Poster Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver ri IUDA corte Diaken Dre eran PN kT 1 a I ai og Le i Main Pope Sue oF Sets Paton A Martone El Page Sze ewes BS pirterPope sie Lene SSK 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list Now you have finished setting 2 by 2 page poster printing 4 Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Poster Printing dialog box and then click OK Poster Printing Ctp 211 n3 396 cTp Poster Printing Enee kage Dji Drvidedlinto 42x 2 zj Ei J Pret Cat Pade herpes 7 Pant Dub Paaie bees in mana o Al Pages separated by comma For egie 13 612 o coce Dems Image Divisions Select the number of divisions vertical x horizontal from the Image Divisions list As the number of divisions increases the number of sheets used for printing increases allowing you to create a larger poster Print Cut Paste in margins To leave out words Cut and Paste uncheck this check box D Important This feature is unavailable when the 64 bit printer driver is used Print Cut Paste lines in margins To
164. ettings in the Booklet Printing dialog box and then click OK Magin F Fage Border ee ee ee Margin for stapling Select which side the stapling margin should be on when the booklet is completed Booklet Printing Ctp 214 n3 396 cTp Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank check Insert blank page check box and select the page to be left blank Margin Enter the margin width The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin for one page Page Border To print a page border around each document page check the Page Border check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document is automatically printed first on one side of a sheet of paper and then on the opposite side When the printing is complete fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet fi Important Booklet Printing is unavailable when A media type other than Plain Paper or Hagaki is selected from the Media Type list Borderless Printing check box is checked When Booklet Printing is selected Duplex Printing Staple Side Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and are unavailable Note The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of Booklet Printing Page top gt Duplex Printing Ctp 215 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other
165. f image to be printed or the contents of document Two kinds of black ink PGBK and BK are used automatically depending on the media type to print or on the settings of the printer driver PGBK is used mainly for printing text based documents and BK is used mainly for printing photos illustration etc Black and white printing may also use ink other than black ink So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white The ink lamp informs you when ink is running low The inside of the ink tank consists of A the part where ink is preserved and B the sponge with absorbed ink A B When the ink A runs out the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low Then when the ink B runs out the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink needs to be replaced with a new one m Printing on special paper How to print with optimal quality Tip Check the printer status before printing Is the Print Head ok If print head nozzles are clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the Print Head See When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Is the inside of the printer smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your printer with Bottom Plate Cleaning Refer to the on screen manual Advanced
166. f the printer back in turn on the printer and then reconnect the PictBridge compliant device to the printer If the same error occurs contact your Canon service representative Page top FAQs CtTp 366 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt FAQs FAQs No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks m Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Cannot Install the Printer Driver Printing Does Not Start gt Printing Stops Before It Is Completed a CEE writing Error Output Error Communication Error Print Results Not Satisfactory Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly Page top lf You Cannot Resolve the Problem Ctp 367 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the printer or a Canon service representative Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers A Caution lf the printer emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or your Canon service representative Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the printer will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether th
167. for test printing You can perform Borderless Printing on plain paper only when printing from your computer Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged When performing Automatic Duplex Printing the printable area will be 0 08 inches 2 mm smaller at the top margin Letter Legal Envelopes Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Page top gt Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Crp 3 72 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Printing Area gt Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes 40 12 in 3 0 mm _ Te 1 60 in 40 7 mm i asian 0 20 in 5 0 mm __ 1 1 47 in 37 4 mm i ie 0 13 in 3 4 mm 0 13 in 3 4 mm E Recommended printing area O Printable area Page top Letter Legal Ctp 373 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Printing Area gt Letter Legal Letter Legal Size Printable Area width x height Letter 8 00 x 10 69 inches 203 2 x 271 4 mm Legal 8 00 X 13 69 inches 203 2 x 347 6 mm 40 12in 3 0mm 60 in 40 7 mm a a i E AT in 37 0 20 in 5 0 mm ZTC i 1 47 in 37 4 mm i a 0 25 in 6 4 mm 0 25 in 6 3 mm E commended printing area C Printable area Page top Envelopes Ct
168. ft to right 4 Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page sequence If necessary click Specify specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box and click OK Page Layout Printing Ctp 209 n3 396 cTp Pages To increase the number of pages to be included on a single sheet of paper select a desired number of pages from the list Page Order To change the page arrangement order select an icon from the list to change the page placement order Page Border To print a page border around each document page check this check box 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order a Important When Borderless Printing check box is checked Page Layout Printing cannot be selected Page top gt Poster Printing Ctp 210 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Poster Printing Poster Printing The poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data divide it into several pages and print these pages on separate sheets of paper When the pages are pasted together they form a large print like a poster The procedure for performing poster printing is as follows Setting Poster Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 S
169. g Contrast Page top Printing a Color Document in Monochrome CTp 235 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allows you to print the color document in monochrome D Important m When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked the printer driver processes image data as SRGB data In this case actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data convert the data to sRGB data using an application software EE Note During Grayscale Printing color inks may be used as well as black ink Page top gt Specifying Color Correction CTp 236 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Specifying Color Correction Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color corre
170. g Dates on Photos m Attaching Comments to Photos m Adding Text to Photos EE Note The edit information will be discarded if you exit Easy PhotoPrint EX without saving the edited album It is recommended that you save the item if you want to edit it again The page numbers on the front and back covers of the album are displayed as follows C1 Front cover 1 2 3 C3 Inside the back cover C2 Inside the front cover 4 C4 Back cover Saving See Help for details on the Edit screen O Editing Ctp 111 n3 396 cTp Page top Printing Ctp 112 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album gt Printing Printing 1 Click Print Settings The Print Settings screen appears 5 Mew Album Esry PhotoPrint EX file Edit View Help Check gui pini sattrigs Choe the Print perkon fo pring with the gameng peTingg Printing sarc Preven Canon PEtat Copag Paper gie ad Pagar Soutca Maca Typa Photo Paper Plus Glossy I r Pring Quality d Cups Pinteg Autawaiik W Dongeress Privting A memory of summer 2 Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used Printer Media Type Copies Paper Source Print Quality Borderless Printing EEI Note E The media types may vary depending on the printer and the paper size Duplex Printin
171. g a Photo CTp 99 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Photos gt Selecting a Photo Selecting a Photo 1 Click Photo Print from Menu The Select Images screen appears SS New Photo Print Easy PhotePrint EX file Edit Yew Help Selaci agit boa paeobo porwriierey To corani a hee inept chk the GorectEntance bution wae Appar conata and erheen in the renting screen Exif Print EF o o a al Som by Date a EE Deshi E Ee Pike E Compute Ds BH paiak Seket Paper Er La Print pijani p ia hey ELS a joey MSA Jee comme wate mane bate i D Important The reduced images thumbnails displayed in the screen may appear as follows A black line appears along an edge of the image An edge of the image appears cropped However such images will be displayed normally when enlarged or previewed and print results will not be affected 2 Select the folder that contains the image you want to print from the folder tree area The images in the folder will be displayed as thumbnails miniatures EE Note f Easy PhotoPrint EX is started from another application MP Navigator EX ZoomBrowser EX or Digital Photo Professional the folder tree area will not be displayed The images opened in the application will be displayed as thumbnails 3 Click the image you want to print The number of copies appears as 1 bel
172. g appears if the selected printer and media type support duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper Automatic appears if you select the Duplex Printing checkbox after selecting a printer that supports automatic duplex printing and media type that supports duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper automatically The paper sources may vary depending on the printer and the media type You can set a custom print quality level in the Print Quality Settings dialog box To display the Print Quality Settings dialog box select Custom for Print Quality and click Quality Settings Select the Borderless Printing checkbox to print borderless photos You can specify the print range and the amount of extension for borderless printing in the Print Settings dialog box To display the Print Settings dialog box click Advanced 3 Click Print EE Note See Help for details on the Print Settings screen O Printing Ctp 113 n3 396 cTp Page top Printing a DVD CD Ctp 114 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing a DVD CD Printing a DVD CD Select DVD CD Label in Menu to start CD LabelPrint CD LabelPrint allows you to print DVD CD labels easily For details on how to use CD LabelPrint install CD LabelPrint and refer to the application s manual as follows From
173. g photos taken with digital cameras You can also print borderless photos easily Start Easy PhotoPrint EX A Click Here Easy PhotoPrint EX EE Note See the section below for details on how to use Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing with the Bundled Application Software Create a Personalized Photo Album Creating a personalized photo album is an easy task if you use Easy PhotoPrint EX All you need to do is select which photos to use select a layout then load paper into your printer and print After you bind the printed sheets you ll have the one and only album of your memories You can change the layout and background and attach comments to photos You can arrange a photo across the left and right pages You can also select the size and orientation CHECK PRPS SEPP ee Select a theme background design to create a single themed album Decorate Items with Text and Frames You can add text and frames to photos Attach a description of the photo in an album and add a frame to enhance the photo s atmosphere Using Easy PhotoPrint EX CTp 394 n3 396 cTp E X F F HH ee O E m O E O CHECK SPP PPPS Select Album to add text and frames You cannot decorate photos with Photo Print Create a Calendar Using Your Favorite Photos Create calendars easily with Easy PhotoPrint EX Create your own calendar using your favorite photos It ll be exciting to turn the calendar pages
174. g with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Setting the Stapling Margin Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the stapling direction and the width of the stapling margin is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Staple Side on the Page Setup tab The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best staple position If you want to change the setting select from the list 3 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the width of the stapling margin and then click OK 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin D Important Staple Side and Specify Margin appear grayed out and are unavailable when Setting the Stapling Margin Ctp 201 n3 396 cTp Poster Printing or Booklet Printing is selected for Page Layout Scaled Printing is selected for Page Layout If Duplex Printing is also selected only Staple Side is selectable Borderless Printing check box is checked If Duplex Printing is also selected only Staple Side is selectable Page top Borderless Printing Ctp 202 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Vario
175. ght side of the Cassette 2 Slide the Paper Guide B to align with the mark of paper size The Paper Guide B will stop when it aligns with the corresponding mark of paper size There may be a little space between the Paper Guide B and the paper stack 3 Slide the Paper Guide C on the left to align completely with the side of the paper stack Note Do not load higher than the Load Limit Mark D 6 Set the Cover on the Cassette 7 Insert the Cassette into the printer Push the Cassette all the way into the printer Note The Cassette will stick out of the printer but do not force it into the printer any further This can damage the printer or Cassette CTp 32 n3 396 cTp Loading Paper CTp 33 n3 396 cTp 1 Put your finger in the center of the top of the Paper Output Tray and open it gently 2 Extend to open the Output Tray Extension Note After Loading Paper Select the size and type of the loaded paper in Page Size or Paper Size and Media Type in the printer driver See Printing Documents Windows or Printing Documents Macintosh O Page top Loading Envelopes CTp 34 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper gt Loading Envelopes m Loading Envelopes You can print on European DL and US Comm Env 10 sized envelopes The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with
176. he File menu or the command bar in your software application The Print dialog box appears 2 Make sure that your printer s name is selected Note f another printer s name is selected click and select your printer s name 3 Click Preferences or Properties 6 Specify the required print settings Printing Documents Windows edie Deere bis ia ee ee Pia fia Palim jh Mode 4 1 Select the media type of the paper to print in Media Type Note f you select A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper when Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source the printer feeds the paper from the Cassette If you select other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper the printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray If you select the wrong page size or media type the printer may feed the paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality 2 Make sure that Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source Note For details on other paper feeding refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 3 Specify the print quality etc in Print Quality and Color Intensity as required Note For details on the print settings refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 4 Click OK Note To confirm the page size click the Page Setup tab If the setting does not match the document s page size already set in the software application you n
177. he Inner Cover is opened close it and select Stop in the display on your PictBridge compliant device to stop printing Select Stop in the display on your PictBridge compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer then try printing again Close the Top Cover on the printer The Print Head is defective or is not installed See Five flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action The ink absorber is nearly full See Eight flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action The ink tank is not installed properly or empty Check the number of how many the Alarm lamp flashes and take the appropriate action to resolve the error Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange An ink tank that was once empty is installed See Thirteen flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action Ink tank errors have occurred Replace the ink tank Routine Maintenance An error requiring servicing may have occurred The Power lamp flashes green and Alarm lamp flashes orange alternately Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately Disconnect the USB cable between the printer and the Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device CTp 365 n3 396 cTp PictBridge compliant device turn off the printer and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply Plug the power cord o
178. he Printer Driver m Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Uninstalling the Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Page top Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Ctp 377 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Updating the Printer Driver gt Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can check the version of the printer driver by clicking the About button on the Maintenance tab Access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model D Important You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Before installing the latest printer driver delete the previously installed version For information on how to delete the printer driver refer to Uninstalling the Printer Driver Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Page top gt Uninstalling the Printer Driver CTp 378 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Updating the Printer Driver gt Uninstalling the Printer Driver Uninstalling the Printer Driver The printer driver you no longer use can be deleted When deleting the printer driver first exit all programs that are running The pr
179. he collected nfonmation that b sent to us we are unable to denti seak customers We are therefore unable to respond to requests to disclose any codected information If you agree that we colect and send the infomation above and that we cannot daclose any colected information cick Agree Othenwvse chck Do not agree Details Benstaeres_ Aare e If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent to Canon via the Internet EE Note When sending the information the caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed In this case confirm the program name is JPLMUI exe then allow it e If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again three months later e To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program For Windows Users CTp 363 n3 396 cTp To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program click Details then click Uninstall on the detail description screen Once the program has been uninstalled neither the survey nor the transmission of the printer usage information will be performed Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program For Gevetopment and marketing of products that better meet customer needs the survey re
180. he folder tree area will not be displayed The images opened in MP Navigator EX or ZoomBrowser EX will be displayed as thumbnails 3 Select the image s you want to print and click one of the buttons below To print on the front cover click Import to Front Cover To print on the inside pages click Import to Inside Pages To print on the back cover click Import to Back Cover The selected images are displayed in the selected image area You can also select the image s you want to print by dragging them into the selected image area EE Note To delete an image in the selected image area select the image you want to delete and click Delete Imported Image Ly To delete all images from the selected image area click Delete All Imported Images EE Note See Help for details on the Select Images screen Selecting a Photo Ctp 109 n3 396 cTp O Page top Editing Ctp 110 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Creating an Album gt Editing Editing 1 Click Edit The Edit screen appears 2 Edit your album if necessary Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printin
181. he paper source From the Paper Source list on the Main tab select the paper source that matches your purpose G Han ZA Page Setup af Btects 3 Preties Ad Martenance E i Par Fa Later b5 218 See Automatically Select Plain paper whose Page Size is Letter 8 5 x11 A5 A4 or B5 is fed from the cassette Other sizes of plain paper and paper types other than plain paper are fed from the rear tray Rear Tray Paper is always fed from the rear tray Cassette Paper is always fed from the cassette a Important Plain paper that is not Letter 8 5 x11 A5 A4 or B5 and paper types other than plain paper cannot be fed from the cassette Continuous Autofeed If plain paper runs out in the specified paper source the printer automatically switches the paper source When printing a large volume of data load plain paper of the same size in both paper sources You can therefore reduce the trouble of having to load paper because the printer automatically switches the paper source when paper runs out in one paper source D Important Continuous Autofeed is unavailable when paper other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type Since the printer feeds paper from the paper source that was being used the last time Continuous Autofeed was selected and printing ended load the same paper in both the rear tray and the cassette Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose CTp 228 n3 396 cTp Paper Allocation If
182. he printer properties dialog box Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows v Click Here Printer Driver Before clicking here to open the printer properties dialog box quit the running application software 2 Click Print Area Setup in the Page Setup sheet and select Use reduced printing 1 Open the Print dialog box Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh 2 Select Duplex Printing amp Margin in the pop up menu 3 Select Automatic Duplex Printing 4 Click Use reduced printing in Print Area Page top No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks CTp 333 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Check 2 Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks CTp 334 n3 396 cTp has run out m Routine Maintenance e Check 3 Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it e
183. he printer status monitor enabled Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor 1 Open the printer properties dialog box Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 2 On the Maintenance sheet click View Printer Status 3 Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected The Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program is installed the confirmation screen asking to send the printer usage information will be displayed three months and then six months after the installation After that it will be displayed every half a year for about four years Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Extended Survey Program The folovang information recomed in your Canon nijet onnter scanner will be cofected and sent to Canon 05 version and bnguage dapay setting nformation Dewite diyer and application software usage logs If Canon nijet punter b used the folowing hiomaton recorded in your printer wil aso be collected and sent Pinters ID number Instaitien date and tine Ink use inforrration Number of sheets printed and Mantenance information Any information about your computer other than that above or any of your personal information wil not be collected or sent For this reason from t
184. he useful functions of Easy PhotoPrint EX For details on the operation refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide Creating Your Own Prints You can create an album or calendar using your photos Calendar Stickers Layout Print Correcting Images You can use Red Eye Correction Face Sharpener Digital Face Smoothing Brightness Contrast etc to adjust correct or enhance images automatically or manually Sample of the correction Brightness O C Page top Printing Documents Windows CtTp 14 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Printing gt Printing Documents Windows Printing Documents Windows Note Operations may vary depending on your software application For details on the operation refer to the instruction manual of your application The screens used in this section are for printing with Windows Vista operating system Ultimate Edition hereafter referred to as Windows Vista 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on See Front View 2 Load paper See Loading Paper Note Load A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette and other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper in the Rear Tray 3 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 4 Create or open a document to print using an appropriate software application 5 Open the printer properties dialog box a4 BETE F pH 1 Select Print on t
185. heck pattern to check the print head condition See Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Note f the problem is not resolved open the Top Cover to confirm that the ink is remaining turn off the printer then clean the Print Head deeply again after 24 hours f this does not solve the problem the Print Head may be damaged Contact the Canon service representative O Page top Aligning the Print Head CTp 60 n3 396 cTp ele Guide Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect gt Aligning the Print Head m Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized supplied paper or Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 101 Note f the Inner Cover is open close it Aligning the Print Head without a computer You can also align the Print Head from the printer itself using the RESUME CANCEL button 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and a sheet of A4 or Letter sized supplied paper or Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 101 is loaded in the Rear Tray Load them with the printing side whiter side facing you in the Rear Tray 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Hold down the RESUME CANCEL button until the Power lamp flashes green four times and then release it immediately The print head alig
186. hotographs or illustrations Printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the printer and the computer to process during which the printer may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the printer may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete Note If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Page top Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Ctp 347 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected Printer Moves But Ink Is Not Ejected e Check 1 Are the Print Head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to Routine Maintenance for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e f the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e lf the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cl
187. humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper support load limit e Always load the paper in portrait orientation either in the Rear Tray or the Cassette regardless of the printing orientation e When you load the paper on the Rear Tray load the paper with the print side facing UP and slide the Paper Guides to align with the both sides of the paper e When loading paper in the Cassette load the paper with the print side facing DOWN Align the right edge of the paper stack against the right edge of the Cassette and slide the Paper Guides against the left and bottom edges of the stack Loading Paper e Check 2 Check to see if the paper you are printing on is too thick or curled Loading Paper e Check 3 Make sure of the following when you load envelopes When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly e Check 4 Confirm the paper source setting If the paper source setting is not changed since you purchased this printer the paper source for plain paper is the Cassette e Setting with the printer driver Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose e For information on the paper source for plain paper when the Paper Source on the printer driver is set to Automat
188. iIP4600 series On screen Manual CtTp 1 n3 396 cTp How to Use This Manual Printing This Manual iP4600 series MC 2984 V 1 00 i _ lho oi Sa pi Le aa ae s Tii lahat a l i mt Basic Guide Advanced Guide Troubleshooting Describes the summary of Describes the detailed this product function of this product iIP4600 series Basic Guide Canon WHow to Use This Manual WPrinting This Manual dalalar NDAYA DEO DEE oy MP 2357 V1 10 Contents Overview of the Printer Main Components gt Printing Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing Documents Windows Printing Documents Macintosh Other Usages Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device Solution Menu and My Printer gt Loading Paper Loading Paper CTp 2 n3 396 cTp iIP4600 series Basic Guide W dvanced Guide F l Routine Maintenance Replacing an Ink Tank When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette Opening the Maintenance Screens gt Appendix Safety Precautions Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Tips on How to Use Your Printer Overview of the Printer Ctp 3 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Overview of the Printer Overview of the Printer This section shows the component names of the printer and describes their functions Main Components Front View Rear View
189. ialog box click the Themes tab and select Windows Classic from Theme 4 Click OK Desktop changes to Windows Classic display Points to Note with Applications e There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word Microsoft Corporation e f Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver use Word to specify them e When selecting Scaled Printing Fit to Page Printing or Page Layout Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab the selected printing function may not be effective depending on the version of Word If this happens follow the procedure below 1 Open Word s Print dialog box 2 Open the printer driver setup window specify Page Layout on the Page Setup tab and click OK Without starting printing close the Print dialog box Open Word s Print dialog box again Open the printer driver setup window again and click OK Start printing Ook W Instructions for Use Printer Driver CTp 369 n3 396 cTp e llustrator Adobe Systems Inc If Bitmap Printing takes effect printing may take time or some data may not be printed Print after clearing the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box Page top Appendix Ctp 370 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix Appendix m Printing Area Deleting the Undesired Print Job Updating the Printer Driver Uninstalling the On Screen Manuals Transporting the Printer Opening the Printer Propertie
190. ically Select m Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper e Check 5 Remove the foreign object in the Rear Tray or Cassette e Check 6 Make sure that the Inner Cover is closed completely Paper does not feed properly if the Inner Cover is even slightly open m Overview of the Printer e Check 7 Clean the Paper Feed Roller Routine Maintenance Note Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary e Check 8 If two or more sheets of paper feed from the Cassette at once clean the inside of the Cassette For information on cleaning the inside of the Cassette refer to Routine Maintenance Paper Does Not Feed Properly Ctp 351 n3 396 cTp e Check 9 Is the Rear Cover closed completely Paper may be jammed if the Rear Cover is not closed completely Push the Rear Cover until it is closed completely Refer to Overview of the Printer for the position of the Rear Cover Page top Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Source Specified in the Printer Driver CTp 352 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Source Specified in the Printer Driver Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Source Specified in the Printer Driver e Check Is the paper source setting inconsistent between the application program and the printer driver Change the application software setting corresponding to the printer driver setting or click
191. ice and then release it immediately The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Examine the pattern and take an appropriate action See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern VVindows 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 4 Print the nozzle check pattern iy os Pte Debeerergy fee Se ee od es m gt TS HEF Ge ed es TH ET EE Caen HTa Eoia Cary heap m in a coe r eee ee be be ee ee ee eee ee ner bean Fri Heed Segre mag rari lai fades peed Seed eed s ced Ta larm ba prie a mpre i rE os jiza ii Sie Erm wae mes ee eget bret i Fe e amag Par n E cam H T oe ee ee re ee E mer TH ET hai EF Pam Sarat a hese aF es i br raji ir simi whai j Tae e T Akaa iad hi a E rE 1 Lo im Hee 1 Click the Maintenance tab 2 Click Nozzle Check 3 Confirm the displayed message and click Print Check Pattern The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Ctp 50 n3 396 cTp Note Clicking Initial Check Items displays the items to be checked before printing the pattern 5 Examin
192. ick Undo to undo the preceding correction operation Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Red Eye Correction Using the Red Eye Correction Function Ctp 138 n3 396 cTp 6 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save corrected images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Only JPEG Exif file format is available for corrected images 7 Click Exit Note The corrections will be lost if you exit before saving corrected images Page top Using the Face Brightener Function Ctp 139 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Face Brightener Function Using the Face Brightener Function You can brighten dark faces caused by bright background 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click SP Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears eE tantly Faze S hpr ir a 7 BE Py tt td eer lias EEE Ls TH eT nee ee pik aimi ETEL E jpg EE Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking P Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhan
193. ick the Main tab and check the Preview before printing check box If you do not want to display a preview before printing uncheck the check box Related Topic Displaying the Print Results before Printing Page top gt Printing on DVD CDs Ctp 266 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs Printing on DVD CDs Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Troubleshooting Page top Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Ctp 267 n3 396 cTp Advanced uide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs tems to Prepare Cautions When Printing on DVD CDs Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Printing with CD LabelPrint from the Computer gt Printing from a PictBridge Compliant Device m Printing Area Page top ltems to Prepare Ctp 268 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Items to Prepare Items to Prepare The following items are needed to print on DVD CDs e CD R Tray G is on the upper side e 8 cm CD R Adapter Needed only when printing on 8 cm DVD CDs Attached to the CD R Tray when shipped D Important You cannot print on 8 cm DVD CDs from a PictBridge compliant device You need to print from the computer to print on 8 cm DVD CDs e Printable DVD CDs Obtain a 1
194. ictBridge Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them Note This section describes errors that are indicated on Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using For errors on non Canon PictBridge compliant devices check the status of the Alarm lamp and take the appropriate action to clear the error For details see Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange For the errors indicated on the PictBridge compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the manufacturer Error Message On PictBridge Compliant Device Printer in use No paper Paper Error Paper jam Printer cover open No print head Waste tank full Ink absorber full No ink Ink cassette error Ink Error Hardware Error Printer error If the printer is printing from the computer or warming up wait until the job ends When it is ready the printer starts printing automatically Load paper and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge compliant device To resume printing you can also press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer instead of selecting Continue on the device If the Paper Output Tray is closed open it The printer resumes printing If t
195. ide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Stamp Background Printing gt Saving a Stamp Setting Saving a Stamp Setting This feature is unavailable when the 64 bit printer driver is used You can create and save a new stamp You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing stamp Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows Registering a new stamp 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab a Pet A Lgs F Feiste 159 decrees sare ak Page Sane E Bevdetess Fries Fiar Page Fring a Saed Paga Larena fining o Part Arg Hip Sages DRAFT d Pipes aes ger b Taro ira page i Backgreure Sane 7 Background fret page ony 3 Click Define Stamp The Stamp Settings dialog box opens Saving a Stamp Setting Ctp 221 n3 396 cTp Samp Type Stanp Te Tre Tyee Fort Presi Style FOB 192 T37 197 4 Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window e Stamp tab Select Text or Bitmap with Stamp Type When registering a text the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text Change the True Type Font Style Size and Outline settings as necessary You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color For Bitmap click Select File and select the bitmap
196. ify when remote documents are printed on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer e The bi directional communication function is disabled so that the correct printer status may not be recognized If a client user opens the printer driver properties and then clicks OK with the Enable bidirectional support check box on the Ports tab unchecked the bi directional function of the printer server system may also be disabled In this case check Enable bidirectional support check box on both the print server system and the client system e When you print from a client system you cannot use Canon IJ Preview e f the functions on the Maintenance tab cannot be set properly from a client system they may be grayed out In this case change the settings from the print server When you change the settings of the print server you should delete the icon of the shared printer from the client system and then specify the shared settings again in the client system If the same printer driver is installed in the print server system and the client system as the local printer e The net crawl function may automatically create a network printer icon on the client system oO Page top Using Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 393 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Using Easy PhotoPrint EX Using Easy PhotoPrint EX Transforming Your Photos into Creative Works of Art Easy PhotoPrint EX allows you to create albums calendars and stickers easily usin
197. igure the same setting in the printer driver When Scaled Printing is selected the Staple Side list box appears grayed out and is unavailable when Duplex Printing is not selected When Borderless Printing check box is checked Scaled Printing cannot be selected EE Note Selecting Scaled Printing changes the printable area Page top Page Layout Printing Ctp 208 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Page Layout Printing Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper peer ree i Ports ay A TTF The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set page layout printing Select Page Layout Printing from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver PEA Leter iFa 7 DELS A Lge Raipe 160 deyoa Lesar 8578117 z Longside staging Ton Spently Marge ai nem lt 7 Pond from Last Page Opiate en 3 Select the print paper size Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list Now you have finished setting the layout of the document from le
198. ill not be able to use the following functions correctly Also if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor the following functions will not operate e Preview before printing on the Main tab e Prevent loss of print data in the Print Options dialog box e Page Layout Printing Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing manually Specify Margin Print from Last Page Collate and Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab e Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result e With some applications the printing is divided into multiple print jobs To cancel printing delete all divided print jobs If image data is not printed correctly display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software This may solve the problem Software windows may not appear correctly on Windows Vista when fonts are set to Larger scale If you want to display the windows with Larger scale fonts set the desktop theme to Windows Classic as follows 1 Select Control Panel from the Start menu 2 Select Appearance and Personalization gt Personalization gt Theme The Theme Settings dialog box opens 3 At the Theme Settings d
199. ime even if it is capped the Print Head too may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time We recommend the printer to be used at least once a month Note Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area m Does the printer need to be handled with care when using or transporting Tip Do not use or transport the printer vertically or slanted If the printer is used or transported vertically or slanted the printer may become damaged or ink may leak from the printer Be sure not to use or transport the printer vertically or slanted m Lamp on the printer is flashing What can do Alarm lamp is flashing orange A B A C A Alarm lamp flashes B Alarm lamp is off C Alarm lamp flashes repeatedly Your printer has an error Refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide then resolve the error Power lamp flashes green once and Alarm lamp flashes orange once alternately An error that requires repair has occurred Contact your Canon service representative m Colors are uneven and print results are blurred Tips on How to Use Your Printer Ctp 77 n3 396 cTp Tip Print the nozzle check pattern to check if the nozzles are clogged If the print head nozzles are clogged colors may become uneven
200. ing Contrast Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Paper Meski The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast and moving it to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 After adjusting each color click OK Adjusting Contrast Ctp 252 n3 396 cTp ABCDEF a 1234567 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction m Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness m Adjusting Intensity Page top gt Simulating an Illustration CTp 253 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printi
201. ing again e Check 3 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh MESTE Error Number 1700 Is Displayed e See Eight flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action ETD ink Info Number 1600 Is Displayed e See Four flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action MESTE Ink Info Number 1683 Is Displayed e See Thirteen flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action WET EET ink Info Number 1688 Is Displayed e See Sixteen Flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action WETEN Error Number 1851 Is Displayed e Check Close the Inner Cover then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer BEE Error Number 1856 Is Displayed e Check Close the Inner Cover then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer A page of print data being sent at the time of the error will be erased so print that page again MESTE Error Number 2001 Is Displayed e See Nine flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action tl Error Number 2002 Is Displayed e See Nineteen Flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action ESEE Error Number 2500 Is Displayed Message Appears on the Computer Screen CTp 360 n3 396 cTp e See Eleven flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the approp
202. ing on paper larger than A4 is available with supported printers only See your printer manual for details See Help of Easy PhotoPrint EX for descriptions of Easy PhotoPrint EX screens Click Help in a screen or dialog box or select Easy PhotoPrint EX Help from the Help menu Help appears About Exif Print Easy PhotoPrint EX supports Exif Print Exif Print is a standard for enhancing the communication between digital cameras and printers By connecting to an Exif Print compliant digital camera the image data at the time of shooting is used and optimized yielding extremely high quality prints Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX from Other Applications Easy PhotoPrint EX can be started from other applications See the application s manual for details on the procedure for starting The Album function is available with the following applications e MP Navigator EX Ver 1 00 or later e ZoomBrowser EX Ver 5 8 or later What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX CTp 96 n3 396 cTp The Photo Print function is available with the following applications e MP Navigator EX Ver 1 00 or later e ZoomBrowser EX Ver 6 0 or later e Digital Photo Professional Ver 3 2 or later Note Easy PhotoPrint EX is subject to the following restrictions when started from Digital Photo Professional Menu does not appear in the step button area on the left side of the screen Images cannot be corrected enhanced Image display order can
203. int to start printing Note Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the list of print jobs in progress To cancel a print job in progress select the desired job in the Name list and click Delete After canceling the print job blank sheets of paper may be ejected To temporarily stop a job in progress click Hold To temporarily stop all the jobs in the list click Stop Jobs f printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are unsatisfactory adjust the print head position See Aligning the Print Head Ctp 20 n3 396 cTp Printing Documents Macintosh Ctp 21 n3 396 cTp Page top Other Usages Crp 22 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Other Usages Other Usages This section describes the function to print photos from your PictBridge compliant device such as a digital camera connecting with a USB cable and the useful functions to start suppiled software applications from the desktop Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device Solution Menu and My Printer Page top Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device CTp 23 n3 396 cTp EBLA Contents gt Other Usages gt Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device Printing Photos from a PictBridge Compliant Device Connecting the PictBridge compliant device to the printer with a USB cable that is recommended by the device s manufacturer you can print saved images directly For details on how to print saved images
204. is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher Intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment Select Manual for Color Intensity on the Main tab and click Set Mar EA Page Setup gat Becta Ci Proties fd Mairtenance M oe ee Higi E Raad Fag The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors Moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 After adjusting each color click OK Adjusting Intensity Ctp 250 n3 396 cTp F ABCDEF gr 1234567 D Important Adjust the slider gradually 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast Page top Adjusting Contrast Ctp 251 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Adjust
205. is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the manual color adjustment On the Main tab select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Ls Nan B Page Sete of tect F Pies Al Harterance Pisin Paper 5 beter g 5117 218 Gaam f n The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 3 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness and click OK Adjusting Brightness Ctp 248 n3 396 cTp ABCDEF a 12734567 4 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction m Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Page top gt Adjusting Intensity Ctp 249 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing If you want to sharpen the print results you should intensify the colors The following sample shows the case when the intensity
206. isplays the items to be checked before printing the pattern 5 Confirm the displayed message and click Print Check Pattern The nozzle check pattern will be printed Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern 5 Check the printed nozzle check pattern See Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Note f the problem is not resolved after cleaning the Print Head twice clean the Print Head deeply See Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If you click Cleaning on the Pattern Check dialog box that appears after printing the nozzle check pattern the printer starts cleaning the Print Head Make sure that one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized paper are loaded in the Cassette and then go to the procedure of 3 in step 4 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette Cleaning the Print Head CTp 55 n3 396 cTp 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box See Opening the Canon lJ Printer Utility Macintosh 4 Clean the Print Head Cin rats wereerios ered gee ered ire mm tha prier ma Jep Cnirg qii Use acral ihti care be charred by regular Cd Pri ham Pint Charing REFET pap inicr Site pirita Ast gs Cleat Lsgpaiei miri ore degen r ese pee feed ing ie a F Can Ciar Char irg
207. itle appears in the Stamp list Deleting an unnecessary stamp 1 Click Define Stamp in the Stamp Background dialog box The Stamp Settings dialog box opens 2 Select the stamp to be deleted Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab Then click Delete Click OK when the confirmation message appears 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Stamp Background dialog box opens again OC Page top gt Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Ctp 223 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Stamp Background Printing gt Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature is unavailable when the 64 bit printer driver is used You can select a bitmap file and save it as a new background You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background An unnecessary background can be deleted at any time The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows Registering image data to be used as a background 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Stamp Background on the Page Setup tab E Mas a Page Setup zE pe oo 5 l 3 i fer 857211 i a se al Piira LA Largan Aage 160 depres Sate it Page Sebo Par Pap
208. ized printing The following sizes and types of printing paper can be used when printing from a PictBridge compliant device Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 1 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm A4 8 5 x 11 Letter 4 x 7 1 10 1 x 18 cm 2 1 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device 2 Hi Vision may appear on a non Canon brand PictBridge compliant device Paper type e Default Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 e Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 1 Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use GP 501 Photo Paper Glossy GP 502 Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 Photo Stickers When printing on sticker paper select 10 x 15 cm 4 x 6 in Paper size Do not set Layout to Borderless e Fast Photo Photo Paper Pro PR 201 e Plain A4 Letter When Paper type is set to Plain borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to Borderless Layout Default Borderless Index Bordered Borderless N up 2 4 9 16 1 20 up 2 35 up 3 1 Layout compatible with A4 sized paper and Canon brand sticker above A4 4 up Photo Stickers 2 up 4 up 9 up 16 up 2 With a Canon brand PictBridge compliant device selecting items with I mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data in list format 20 up or on the margins of the specified data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices 3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style La
209. k Print amp Fax 3 Select your printer s name in the Printers and click Open Print Queue The job list of your printer is displayed 4 Click Utility gt Printer Ready Status Name user When Completed The Printer List opens 5 Select your printer s name in the Product list and click Maintenance USB pam pi Te Canon U Pronger The Canon lJ Printer Utility starts up In Mac OS X v 10 4 x or Mac OS X v 10 3 9 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh Ctp 387 n3 396 cTp 1 Select Applications on the Go menu 2 Double click the Utilities folder and then double click the Printer Setup Utility icon The Printer List opens 3 Select your printer s name in the Name list and click Utility eer Primer List alorsync Show inio Stal Kind Canaan Papoo teries Make Dafal Pao caries 4 Select your printer s name in the Product list and click Maintenance Ban Printer List USB P46 series Canon Uf Pronger The Canon lJ Printer Utility starts up Page top Connecting the Printer to the Network CTp 388 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Connecting the Printer to the Network Connecting the Printer to the Network If multiple computers are being used in the network environment you can share the printer connected to one computer with other computers The Windows versions of the computers connected to the network do not necessarily have to b
210. k group to clean deeply When cleaning the nozzles of black ink tanks Select Black if there are missing lines in PGBK of the nozzle check pattern or Color if there are white streaks in BK of the nozzle check pattern For details on the nozzle check pattern see Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 4 Click Execute EE Note Clicking Initial Check Items displays the items to be checked before cleaning the Print Head deeply 5 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The printer starts cleaning the Print Head deeply when the Power lamp starts flashing green Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the Print Head This takes about 3 minutes 4 Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head condition See Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Note f the problem is not resolved open the Top Cover to confirm that the ink is remaining turn off the printer then clean the Print Head deeply again after 24 hours f this does not solve the problem the Print Head may be damaged Contact the Canon service representative 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box See Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 3 Clean the Print Head deeply Pat Topan j an ety PO oe ia 1 6 Geary Eimeria ered gee ered limi in th pim eu Jp Cearirg a7 Uode seriler thei cord be
211. lable when Enable ICC Profile is selected on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box EE Note When the noise is severe change Normal to Strong The noise reduction effect applies only to the print result The original image or preview image will not be affected Page top Cropping Photos Photo Print Ctp 166 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Cropping Photos Photo Print Cropping Photos Photo Print Cropping a photo is the act of removing the unnecessary portions of the photo by selecting the necessary portions Click 4 Crop Image in the Layout Print screen Move the white frame to the portion to print and click OK j M aer EE EE ee EE Note To move the cropping area place the cursor within the white frame and drag it Drag the white lines to enlarge reduce the cropping area Select the The Rule of Thirds checkbox to display white broken lines To create a balanced composition drag any of the intersecting points white squares or white broken lines over the main subject of the photo The cropping effect applies only to the print result The original image will not be cropped See Help for details on the Crop window Page top Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print Ctp 167 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Comput
212. lar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powders or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause problems such as Print Head blockage and poor printing results Be sure to use a soft cloth Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the printer as this may cause a malfunction or damage the printer s surface Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Protrusions Inside the Printer Page top Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Ctp 293 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Cleaning Your Printer gt Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Be sure to use a soft cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning A Caution Be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug before cleaning the printer Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials as this may scratch the surface Page top Cleaning the Protrusions Inside the Printer Ctp 294 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Cleaning Your Printer gt Cleaning the Protrusions Inside the Printer Cleaning the Protrusions Inside the Printer If protrusions inside the printer are stained wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab
213. le click the My Computer icon on the desktop 2 Double click the F CD ROM icon on the displayed window If the contents of the CD ROM are displayed double click MSETUP4 EXE acintoash Double click the CD ROM icon on your desktop to start installation EE Note If the CD ROM icon is not displayed try the followings e Remove the CD ROM from your computer then insert it again e Restart your computer lf the icon is still not displayed try different discs and see if they are displayed If other discs are displayed there is a problem with the Setup CD ROM In this case contact your Canon service representative e If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen Printer Connection Make sure that the printer is connected to the computer and tum on the printer STEP 3 Setup Printer Connection Print Head Algnmen Load plain paper inte the cassene Inlatiatian Results STEP 4 Information A The printer is not detected Check the connection If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged into the USB port of the printer and is connected to the computer and then follow Cannot Install the Printer Driver CTp 328 n3 396 cTp the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver Note In Windows Vista The printer is not detected Check the connection may be displayed depending on the computer you use In
214. le format is available for corrected images 6 Click Exit Note The corrections will be lost if you exit before saving corrected images Page top Using the Red Eye Correction Function Ctp 136 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Red Eye Correction Function Using the Red Eye Correction Function You can correct red eyes caused by a camera flash You can perform the Red Eye Correction function either automatically or manually Note Photo Print allows you to automatically correct red eyes when printing To correct automatically select Enable Auto Photo Fix in Color correction for printing on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box and select the Enable Red Eye Correction checkbox 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click p Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears a Rey Conadi ga Fate Shapenci GE Diga Face Seccthing Ext CH UperdUderhamebeyandgeljpy Selected 3 Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking p Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select th
215. lear AAA dice Uden Holiday Mame Set as Holiday Period From 2 2005 to 4 2005 Month Year Day Date O Day of week First Sunday k Enter the name in Holiday Name and specify the date Select the Set as Holiday checkbox to display that day as a holiday in your calendar EE Note Setting Holidays Ctp 192 n3 396 cTp See Help for details on each dialog box Page top Setting Calendar Display Ctp 193 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Setting Calendar Display Setting Calendar Display You can customize the calendar display fonts lines colors position size etc Click Settings in the Page Setup screen of Calendar or select a calendar in the Edit screen and click Setup Calendar to display the Calendar Settings dialog box D Important The Position amp Size tab is displayed only when the Calendar Settings dialog box is displayed from the Edit screen m a EE p SE ee an PE Lal ndar settings Sole for Yeer and Month Font Format Siye for Days of Week Font Week Starts n EE Note See Help for details on the Calendar Settings dialog box Page top Printing with Other Application Software Ctp 194 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Othe
216. lects Cf Profiles lk Martens Tn pu ulak Printing with ICC Profiles CTp 243 n3 396 cTp 3 Select the print quality Select High Standard or Fast for Print Quality 4 Select the manual color adjustment Select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 5 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select ICM for Color Correction Manual Color Adjustmers Color Aduatment Matching 6 Select the input profile Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data e For sRGB data or data without an ICC profile Select Standard e For Adobe RGB data Select Adobe RGB 1998 tat Important If the application software specifies an input profile the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid If no ICC profiles are installed on your computer Adobe RGB 1998 is not displayed You can install ICC profiles from the Setup CD ROM that accompanies the printer 7 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance of Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 8 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the data is printed with the color space of the selected image data Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level
217. log box quit the running application software 2 On the Main sheet select Fast for the Print Quality setting Depending on the media type the Fast option may not be available acintosh 1 Open the Print dialog box Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh 2 Select Quality amp Media in the pop up menu and then select Fast for the Print Quality setting Depending on the media type the Fast option may not be available Note Printing speed may not improve noticeably by following the instructions above depending on your system environment Page top Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing CTp 349 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing e Check 1 Is the Power lamp off Check if the Power lamp is lit green The Print Head Holder will not move unless the power is on If the Power lamp is off close the Top Cover and turn the printer on While the Power lamp is flashing green the printer is initializing Wait until the Power lamp stops flashing and remains lit green and then open the Top Cover again e Check 2 Is the Alarm lamp flashing Close the Top Cover confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing take the appropriate action to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to
218. lts Not Satisfactory gt Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper type and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Check 2 Is the size of the loaded paper correct The margin may be smudged if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that specified in the printer driver Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded Print Results Not Satisfactory EE Note This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger than that specified with the printer driver Page top Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Ctp 342 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Print Results Not Satisfactory gt Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven Oooo OO l l l gt Colors Are Streaked e Check 1 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory e Check 2 Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to Routine Maintenance for the Nozzle
219. manual Getting Started O Page top Checking the Ink Status CTp 42 n3 396 cTp EBLA Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Replacing an Ink Tank gt Checking the Ink Status m Checking the Ink Status You can check the ink status on the ink lamps or your computer screen With the Ink Lamps 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and open the Paper Output Tray gently 2 Open the Top Cover Note The printer may make operating noise when the Print Head moves to the replacement position 3 Check the ink lamps Ink lamp is on The ink tank is correctly installed and there is sufficient ink left for printing Ink lamp is flashing Flashing slowly at around 3 second intervals ie ae Repeats Ink is low You can continue printing for a while but we recommend you to have a new ink tank available Flashing fast at around 1 second intervals ig Ei Repeats The ink tank is installed in the wrong position or it is empty Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the Print Head Holder If the position is correct but the lamp flashes the ink tank is empty Replace it with a new one Ink lamp is off The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled If the ink tank is not installed properly press the mark Push on the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place If it doe
220. mation message appears Next the Nozzle Check dialog box opens 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Deep Cleaning dialog box opens Follow the instruction shown in the dialog box Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Deep Cleaning 3 Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts D Important Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Note Cleaning the Print Heads Ctp 297 n3 396 cTp If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning switch off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Printer Mo
221. ment Ctp 300 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Manual Print Head Alignment Manual Print Head Alignment This section describes how to align the Print Head manually If the results of Automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory follow the procedure below to perform Manual Print Head Alignment to precisely align the Print Head For details on performing Automatic Print Head Alignment see Routine Maintenance Note Close the Inner Cover if it is opened The print head alignment pattern is printed in black and blue only 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette 3 Open the Paper Output Tray and extend the Output Tray Extension 4 Print the pattern 1 Open the printer properties dialog box m Open the Printer Properties Dialog Box through the Start Menu Click the Maintenance tab then Custom Settings Select the Align heads manually check box then click Send Confirm the displayed message and click OK In the Maintenance sheet click Print Head Alignment O oO fF W N Confirm the displayed message and click Align Print Head D Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress Note Clicking Print Alignment Value prints the current settings and finishes Print Head Alignment 7 After the pattern is printed
222. mental agencies Copyrighted works works of art without Motor vehicle licenses and permission of copyright owner certificates of title O Page top Tips on How to Use Your Printer CTp 74 n3 396 cTp Contents gt Appendix gt Tips on How to Use Your Printer Tips on How to Use Your Printer This section introduces the tips on how to use your printer and for printing with optimal quality E Ink is used for various purposes How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing Ink is not only used for printing but also for cleaning the Print Head to maintain the optimal printing quality The printer has the function to automatically clean the ink jet nozzles to prevent clogging In the cleaning procedure ink is pumped out from the nozzles Used ink for nozzle cleaning is limited to a small amount NS Important The ink pumped out from the nozzles such as when cleaning the Print Head is absorbed by ink absorber in the printer The ink absorber needs to be replaced when it is full You cannot replace it by yourself Contact your Canon service representative as soon as possible Before the ink absorber becomes full the Alarm lamp indicates you that it needs to be replaced with a new one Refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide Does black and white printing use color ink The use of each ink varies depending on the color o
223. n 2 oan aE Me m a z Ee eee eee ri EE h 1 Check if lines are missing in this pattern If yes clean the Print Head of the PGBK black ink tank A Good B Bad Lines are missing 2 Check if white streaks are present in this pattern If yes clean the Print Heads of the color ink tanks including the BK black ink tank A B A Good B Bad White streaks are present If there are missing lines in 1 and also white streaks in 2 clean all the ink tanks 2 Take necessary action When cleaning is not required Click Exit Windows or Quit Macintosh on the Pattern Check dialog box to exit nozzle check pattern examination e When cleaning is required Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Ctp 52 n3 396 cTp Pare Cri Atti of eb Ae paT oe Le ped pa en ee Clap Hers dll f i i C EE Eel i i BE iei iel i i DE j l DE o ii i i es s ii Tam parr a er Se a a Poe ered ee ee es pe et Tey ord ee ec eee oe F ibp pitni pees peering eo pee TE eit rears meriin Bo dee h ahi Bo po ryan bar aes Othe oie AHH meh Tin Pa re Pad a i rdis Be ig ee ee eT Pes yng os gH ee pide Cirk Cia ea ce ee ee eee ee eee mm ihl a bi ie Ghi E mhh hi Fi daH Sees Coe F ikg ritaj ronm oH SF irpo pT ahe Cay eed Pa ea oH ers ga ig So Click Cleaning Make sure that one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette and then proceed to the procedure below
224. n of image data the Image Optimizer may have no discernible effects t may take longer to complete printing if the Image Optimizer is used Page top Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration Ctp 257 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration The Photo Optimizer PRO function corrects colors of digital camera images or scanned images It is specially designed to compensate for color shift overexposure and underexposure The procedure for performing Photo Optimizer PRO is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the Auto Photo mode Check the Photo Optimizer PRO check box on the Effects tab E Man 5A Page Setup of Etects Proties A Martenance Normally there is no need to check the Apply Throughout Page check box Images within each page are optimized on an image by image basis EE Note Check the Apply Throughout Page check box when printing image data that has been processed such as being cropped or rotated In this case the entire page will be treated as a single image to be optimized 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the images will be printe
225. n the window may vary depending on your printer and region Starting Solution Menu AG Click Here Solution Menu To start from desktop see below Double click the Solution Menu icon on the desktop Alternatively from the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Solution Menu gt Solution Menu From the next time Solution Menu starts when Windows starts If the Start Solution Menu when Windows starts checkbox at the bottom left of the window is not selected Solution Menu does not start when Windows starts D Important Solution Menu will start automatically when you install it using the Setup CD ROM that accompanies the printer Changing the Window Size Click io window size large or oa window size small on the title bar to change the window size large or small Solution Menu opens with the last used window size next time it is started e When screen size is small About Solution Menu CTp 396 n3 396 cTp Solution Menu Starting an Application 1 Point to a button on the window to display the description of each application 2 By clicking each button the introduced application starts Follow the same steps to view the manuals or online product information Important Internet connection is required to access the online information Internet connection fees apply Exiting Solution Menu Click X Close on the title bar Restriction on Use of Solution Menu This software is s
226. nd Menu appears Salat tha Rar yo wat Te create from the many Sakar birer fo access gaed pemg Page top Selecting the Paper and Layout Ctp 123 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Stickers gt Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting the Paper and Layout 1 Click Stickers from Menu The Page Setup screen appears Soen Daan Ste gii n Grena Daten gs then sekt a Bout Afer poept ying pagal pae att procgad to the Saker Images raan General Setia Piper Soe Photo Suckers Plerrt date Pate Settings Onentation AJ E porrat AJ Landscape Muse the came mage in al fames 2 Set the following items in the General Settings section Paper Size Orientation Print date Use the same image in all frames EE Note Paper sizes other than Photo Stickers cannot be selected Select the Use the same image in all frames checkbox to use the same image in all the frames on the page You can customize the date position size and color in the Date Settings dialog box To display the Date Settings dialog box select the Print date checkbox and click Date Settings EE Note See Help for details on the Page Setup screen O Page top Selecting a Photo Ctp 124 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt
227. nd paper to be used Printer Media Type Copies Paper Source Print Quality Borderless Printing EE Note E The media types may vary depending on the printer and the paper size The paper sources may vary depending on the printer and the media type You can set a custom print quality level in the Print Quality Settings dialog box To display the Print Quality Settings dialog box select Custom for Print Quality and click Quality Settings You can adjust the printing position in the Adjust Print Position dialog box To display the Adjust Print Position dialog box click Print Position You can specify the print range and the amount of extension for borderless printing in the Print Settings dialog box To display the Print Settings dialog box click Advanced 3 Click Print EE Note See Help for details on the Print Settings screen O Page top Printing Layout Ctp 127 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout Printing Layout You can add text to your favorite photos and print them in a variety of layouts Steps 1 Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 2 Selecting the Paper and Layout 3 Selecting a Photo 4 Editing 5 Printing Try This Correcting and Enhancing Photos Changing Layout Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle an
228. nefit from coloring effects such as changing a photograph to a sepia tone image The procedure for performing Monochrome Effects is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set Monochrome Effects Check the Monochrome Effects check box on the Effects tab and select your desired color If you use Select Color move the Color slider to specify the color you want The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver E Photo Optimizer PRO F Photo Hose Bedaion wassseseesssesssessso Teamen Defauta 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the image will be printed with a single color D Important When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Monochrome Effects appears grayed out and is unavailable Page top Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors CTp 255 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors The Vivid Photo function allows you to print image data with vivid colors The notable feature of Vivid Photo is that it emphasizes the colors in background sceneries while maintaining the human skin color natural By using this function you can make vivid hues appear even
229. nfirm the ink tank information click the Ink Details menu Note You can also display the printer status monitor by clicking Canon XXX where XXX is your printer s name which appears on the taskbar during printing acintosh 1 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility See Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 2 Select Ink Level Information in the pop up menu To confirm the ink tank information click Ink Details O Page top Replacing Procedure CTp 44 n3 396 cTp EBLA Contents gt Routine Maintenance gt Replacing an Ink Tank gt Replacing Procedure m Replacing Procedure When the ink tanks run out of ink follow the procedure below to replace them D Important Handling Ink To maintain optimal print quality we recommend the use of specified Canon brand ink tanks Refilling ink is not recommended f you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the printer with ink tanks removed Use new ink tanks for replacement Installing used ink tanks may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such tanks the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tanks properly To maintain optimal print quality install ink tanks in the printer within the date indicated on the package box And also use ink tanks within 6 months of first use We recommend you to put down the date when installing them Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black
230. ng from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Simulating an Illustration Simulating an Illustration With the Simulate Illustration function you can print full color or 256 color image data so that it looks like a hand drawn illustration You can add different effects to the original profile and colors The procedure for performing Simulate Illustration is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the Simulate Illustration Check the Simulate Illustration check box on the Effects tab and adjust the Contrast as necessary Moving the slider to the right lightens the image data and moving the slider to the left darkens the image data The current settings are displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the printer driver F Photn Gptmizer PRO aai ee ee D ag TE il ae nm E Pa H Pan Paos Lather Se 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the image will be printed so that it looks hand drawn Page top Representing Image Data with a Single Color Ctp 254 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Representing Image Data with a Single Color Representing Image Data with a Single Color With the Monochrome Effects function you can be
231. ngs gt Printing Vivid Photos Printing Vivid Photos Select the Vivid Photo checkbox in the Select Paper screen to boost the colors in a photo before printing Exif Print aren St Pager Siret u Select EF Pots Mocca Fiedisction Pages Sim pti Presto Pape Piol aga gi taas Fia Prete Figer Fire ores ited ann krp Fhada Pacer Mette Phyo Pipes D Important This function is available only with a printer that supports Vivid Photo This function is not available when Enable ICC Profile is selected on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box EE Note Even if you select the Vivid Photo checkbox this effect applies only to the print result The original image or preview image will not be affected Page top Reducing Photo Noise CTp 165 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Reducing Photo Noise Reducing Photo Noise When a photo is taken in a dark location such as night scene using digital camera noise may appear in the image Select the Photo Noise Reduction checkbox in the Select Paper screen to reduce noise in the image and make the printed photos more vivid eE A Presto Espa Piol aga Ji inaa Fia Pree Figer Fire Dore ited ane ksp Phyo Pacer Mette Phyo Pipes D Important This function is not avai
232. ngs screen appears File Edt View Hap pring ingens in the selected IHAT Cige the Pring patton to pring with the gareng settings Printing starts Prete canon pa Cops Paner giar 476 icl 5m Pagar Sperga Automatealy Select Maca Type J Prii gali Sta ndard Quality Settings F Donderdag Printing 2 Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used Printer Media Type Copies Paper Source Print Quality Borderless Printing EE Note E The media types may vary depending on the printer and the paper size Duplex Printing appears if the selected printer and media type support duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper Automatic appears if you select the Duplex Printing checkbox after selecting a printer that supports automatic duplex printing and media type that supports duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper automatically The paper sources may vary depending on the printer and the media type You can set a custom print quality level in the Print Quality Settings dialog box To display the Print Quality Settings dialog box select Custom for Print Quality and click Quality Settings Select the Borderless Printing checkbox to print borderless photos You can specify the print range and the amount of extension for borderless printing in the Print Settings dialog box
233. nment pattern will be printed Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress The print head position is adjusted automatically when the printer finishes printing the print head alignment pattern Windows 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and a sheet of A4 or Letter sized supplied paper or Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 101 is loaded in the Rear Tray Load them with the printing side whiter side facing you in the Rear Tray 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension d Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 4 Adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head ot E a a eee khe g 1 brea Pas Daring Dem Sr ee riran METETE a Pee ed ee H ETE Ds Hrg Cok aa ap ree ea cor nae hj ecu pre rir ziper br eee Spee eng Tee beeing ore heed Berar aed roar criss eel orai er T aes LETE E z eigen ri erg pe ioe 1 fea woh a E 5 re pn j prp z 1 a 2 fier j Pompe Seuss ag Pir Fla Papa 2 Moe af Ei pigi vical Fir indai peikia a E Mhi ied Doin PRESE TH E a ET Pam So hia sE Ses r fe reed r wn sham n a Tr Sere i Rea Fi Di BMC EH GU A _ Hery ii pee bead geese Sg i agree yes Dey Pha piik m cori he Cd r E pE F z Bk phe L Ae ce ee oe ne ee Ms Pe Pe H 0 re eile Deep im hi Sa ie Hemi f Vs ey a eres Seed ey clic Carmel hii check Daka p Tp Mice tas ch he
234. not be changed Edited images cannot be saved Options other than Enable ICC Profile cannot be selected for Color correction for printing on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box Therefore you cannot use the Vivid Photo and Photo Noise Reduction functions Supported Image File Formats Extensions e BMP bmp e JPEG jpg jpeg e TIFF tif tiff e PICT pict pct e Easy PhotoPrint image files epp tes Important When selecting an image if there is a TIFF file in the selected folder the image may not be displayed correctly or Easy PhotoPrint EX may shut down depending on the TIFF format In such cases move the TIFF file to another folder or recreate the file in a different file format and then select the folder again The thumbnails of files in unsupported formats are displayed as Question Mark Note When Easy PhotoPrint EX is started from Digital Photo Professional all image files supported by Digital Photo Professional will be displayed File Formats Extensions Supported by Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX Photo Print file el6 e Easy PhotoPrint EX Album file el1 e Easy PhotoPrint EX Stickers file el2 e Easy PhotoPrint EX Calendar file el4 e Easy PhotoPrint EX Layout file el5 e CD LabelPrint data cld Page top Printing Photos Ctp 97 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Softwa
235. ntenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Aligning the Print Head Position Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results are unsatisfactory even after you execute automatic head alignment see Aligning the Print Head Manually and execute manual head alignment To change to the manual head alignment click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab and then check the Align heads manually check box The procedure for performing print head alignment is as follows Print Head Alignment 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens 3 Load paper in the printer Load a sheet of A4 size or Letter size Matte Photo Paper MP 101 into the rear tray Note The type of media and number of sheets to be used differ if you select the manual head alignment 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Follow the instruction in the message Note To check the current setting before you adjust the print head position click Print Alignment Value Page top gt Manual Print Head Align
236. nting Ctp 120 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars gt Printing Printing 1 Click Print Settings The Print Settings screen appears Se Mew Caleeadlar Eagy PhotaPrint EX File Edit View Help Check Caesar OT STR Chet fhe Print Betton ko pring with kha gareng pets Prnking parce Prenger Canon o Cages r Paper gia Ad pagar Sowea Automabealy Select Meda Typa Photo Paper Pius Glossy It Piga Standard d Dugh Pining Quality Settings W Borderless Previn Advanced 2 Set the following items according to the printer and paper to be used Printer Media Type Copies Paper Source Print Quality Borderless Printing EE Note a The media types may vary depending on the printer and the paper size Duplex Printing appears if the selected printer and media type support duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper Automatic appears if you select the Duplex Printing checkbox after selecting a printer that supports automatic duplex printing and media type that supports duplex printing Select this checkbox to print on both sides of the paper automatically The paper sources may vary depending on the printer and the media type You can set a custom print quality level in the Print Quality Settings dialog box To display the Print Quality Settings dialog box select Custom f
237. o select them on the Page Setup tab If you are not able to specify them with the application the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the paper size Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab 3 Select Orientation Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation Check Rotate 180 degrees check box if you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees 4 Complete the setup Click OK The document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation Page top Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Ctp 198 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Default Setting Print from Last Page The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab specify the number of copies to be printed 3 Specify the print sequence Check the Print from Last Page check box if you want to print from the last page in order If you do this you do not need to sort pages into their correct
238. ocedure to delete the unnecessary printer driver is as follows If there is an uninstaller 1 Start the uninstaller e In Windows Vista or Windows XP select the Start menu gt All Programs gt Your model name gt Printer Driver Uninstaller e In Windows 2000 select the Start menu gt Programs gt Your model name gt Printer Driver Uninstaller The Printer Driver Uninstaller dialog box is displayed D Important In Windows Vista a confirmation warning dialog box may appear when installing uninstalling or starting software This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task If you are logged on to an administrator account click Continue or Allow to continue Some applications require an administrator account to continue If you are logged on to a standard account switch to an administrator account and restart the operation from the beginning 2 Execute the uninstaller Click Execute When the confirmation message appears click Yes When all the files have been deleted click Complete The deletion of the Printer Driver is completed If there is no uninstaller If there is no uninstaller in the Start menu of Windows Vista follow these steps 1 Select the printer to be deleted Select the Start menu gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers Click the model to delete then press the Alt key on your keyboard On the File menu click Delete 2 Delete the p
239. of A4 or Letter sized paper are loaded in the Cassette and then go to the procedure of 3 in step 4 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and one or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper are loaded in the Cassette 2 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 3 Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 4 Clean the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head CtTp 54 n3 396 cTp a Pail comer iyeckay ecdwerte ta oh bia gil age aa ge in annA buia Mas ee a Ea Tr T E F Dr Caen a Her Ada Fiore Peer Se aye Sea Spach E Com Hen ey FES SSO sem dievggeed peed eed cee irn eS dy Ea es ah Bn at ep ee pe ier hiany ecu i 4 1 Click the Maintenance tab 2 Click Cleaning 3 Select the ink group to clean When cleaning the nozzles of black ink tanks Select Black if there are missing lines in PGBK of the nozzle check pattern or Color if there are white streaks in BK of the nozzle check pattern For details on the nozzle check pattern see Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern 4 Click Execute The printer starts cleaning the Print Head when the Power lamp starts flashing green Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the Print Head This takes about 1 minute 30 seconds Note Clicking Initial Check Items d
240. of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Main tab fh Canon iPLA00 series Printing Preference Umi HEr iF Le Frnt Fi i i Han Pape Sane a ten ie A eal Fees pn Fi Pari Pape Fe Leer B11 215 eo 4 4 3 Select the paper source Select Automatically Select Rear Tray Cassette Continuous Autofeed or Paper Allocation from Paper Source D Important The Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and size 4 Select the print quality Select High Standard or Fast for Print Quality 5 Select color intensity Select Auto for Color Intensity 6 Check the settings Check the specified settings such as paper type and paper source displayed in the Settings Preview on the left side of the window 7 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media Page top Setting a Page Size and Orientation Ctp 197 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application If the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application you do not need t
241. of the Print Head Holder blocked Cancel printing from your computer and turn off the printer Then clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the Print Head Holder from moving D Important Be careful not to touch the components inside the printer The printer may not print out properly if you touch it Turn the printer back on If the problem is not resolved contact your Canon service representative Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed e Check See Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing and take the appropriate action Error Regarding Automatic Print Head Alignment Is Displayed e Check See Eleven flashes in Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange and take the appropriate action LU writing Error Output Error Communication Error e Check 1 If the Power lamp is off make sure that the power plug is plugged in then turn the printer on While the Power lamp is flashing green the printer is initializing Wait until the Power lamp stops flashing and remains lit green e Check 2 Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer Message Appears on the Computer Screen CTp 358 n3 396 cTp driver In the following instructions XXX signifies your printer s name 1 2 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege Click Control Panel then Printer under Hardware and Sound In Windows XP click Control Panel Printers and Other Hardware
242. omponents CTp 5 n3 396 cTp Extend to open support the printouts 9 Inner Cover Close it when printing on paper 10 Power button Turns the power on or off Note Auto power on off feature You can set the printer to turn on or off automatically Auto Power On Automatically turns on the printer when print data is sent from the computer Auto Power Off Automatically turns off the printer when no print data is sent for a certain interval Specify this setting in the Maintenance sheet of the printer driver in Windows or of the Canon IJ Printer Utility in Macintosh For details on the settings refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide D Important Disconnecting the power plug When disconnecting the power plug after turning off the power be sure to confirm that the Power lamp is not lit If the power plug is disconnected from the wall outlet while the Power lamp is lit or flashing the printer may become unable to print properly since the Print Head is not protected 11 Power lamp Lights green after flashing when the power is turned on 12 RESUME CANCEL button Press to cancel a print job in progress You can press this button after resolving a printer error to dismiss an error message and resume printing 13 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes orange when an error such as paper out or ink out occurs Note Power and Alarm lamps You can check the status of the printer by the Power and Alarm lamp
243. on Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Cropping Photos Cropping Photos Cropping an image is the act of removing the unnecessary portions of the image by selecting the necessary portions Select the image you want to crop in the Edit screen and click Edit Image or double click the image Click the Crop tab in the Edit Image dialog box Drag the portion within the white frame onto the area to crop Drag any square on the frame to resize th cropping area Clear Crop Drag the white squares on the image to change the area to be cropped and click OK Note See Help for details on cropping Page top Framing Photos Ctp 185 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Framing Photos Framing Photos You can add frames to images D Important You cannot add frames to images in Photo Print Stickers and Layout Print i Select the image you want to frame in the Edit screen and click Edit Image or double click the image Click the Frame tab in the Edit Image dialog box Apply to all images in the page Select the frame you want to use from Frames and click OK D Important You cannot print dates on framed photos EE Note Select the Apply to all images in the page checkbox to add the same frame to all the images on a selected
244. opics to My Manual Register frequently read pages as My Manual topics so that you can refer to those pages easily at any time I 2 XA Basic Guide Advanced Guide Troubleshootin 1A ee Te Ba err ee Ceeccribes tha ratuj 1 Display the topic Display the topic to be added to My Manual 2 Click akikana The My Manual window is displayed to the left of the On screen Manual EE Note Click Mr Manual to close or display the My Manual window 3 Register the topic to My Manual Click Add The currently displayed topic is added to List of My Manual Note Alternatively from the Recently Displayed Documents list double click or select and press Enter the topic to be added to My Manual to display that topic and then click Add 4 Display My Manual When you double click or select and press Enter a topic displayed in List of My Manual that topic is displayed in the Description window Note To delete a topic from List of My Manual select that topic from the list and then click Delete or press Delete Page top Symbols Used in this Document CTp 91 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Symbols Used in this Document Symbols Used in this Document A Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation A Caution Instru
245. or the like A Caution Be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug before cleaning the printer Page top Performing Maintenance from a Computer Ctp 295 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Aligning the Print Head Position Manual Print Head Alignment Checking the Print Head Nozzles s Cleaning Inside the Printer Page top Cleaning the Print Heads Ctp 296 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to remove any blockages in the print head nozzles Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print heads is as follows Cleaning 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens Follow the instruction shown in the dialog box Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing Cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute Print head cleaning starts 4 Complete cleaning Click OK when the confir
246. or Print Quality and click Quality Settings You can specify the print range and the amount of extension for borderless printing in the Print Settings dialog box To display the Print Settings dialog box click Advanced 3 Click Print EE Note See Help for details on the Print Settings screen O Page top Printing Stickers Ctp 121 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Stickers Printing Stickers You can print your favorite photos on compatible sticker sheets Steps 1 Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 2 Selecting the Paper and Layout 3 Selecting a Photo 4 Editing 5 Printing Try This Correcting and Enhancing Photos m Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos m Adding Text to Photos Saving Opening Saved Files Questions and Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Page top Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 122 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Stickers gt Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 1 From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX starts a
247. order in Printing Order on the Print tab of the Preferences dialog box You can select the printing order from By Date By Name and By Selection To display the Preferences dialog box click 5 Settings or select Preferences from the File menu Page top Printing Photo Information Ctp 171 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing Photo Information Printing Photo Information Select Captured Info from the layouts in the Layout Print screen to print the photo and the Exif information side by side Select the youi jaa wane Loe LA Cheech thee Freres aired click the Print button EE Note See the following section for details on how to select photos Selecting a Photo This function is available only on paper sizes Letter 8 5 x11 and A4 Page top Saving Photos Ctp 172 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Saving Photos Saving Photos You can save edited photos The information of cropping and layout can be saved Click Save in the Layout Print screen Seach ihe lya oe ar bi pe Cheech thes Presa ered clkck the Print buthor Previn charts When the Save As dialog box appears specify the save
248. ors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print SRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the media type Select the type of paper loaded in the printer from the Media Type list on the Main tab 3 Select the print quality Select High Standard or Fast for Print Quality 4 Select the manual color adjustment Select Manual for Color Intensity and click Set The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens 5 Select color correction Click Matching tab and select Driver Matching for Color Correction Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Ctp 240 n3 396 cTp 6 Set the other items If necessary click Color Adjustment tab and adjust the color balance of Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness m Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast O Page top Printing with ICC Profiles Ctp 241 n3 396 cTp Advanc
249. ost if you exit before saving corrected images Page top Using the Face Sharpener Function Ctp 141 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Face Sharpener Function Using the Face Sharpener Function You can sharpen out of focus faces in a photo You can perform the Face Sharpener function either automatically or manually 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click p Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears Face hapira Digtal Face Smoothing Co Uber UserName gilanefiee es jpg Selected 3 Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking qP Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to correct from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview EE Note If only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview Auto Correction 3 Make sure that Auto is selected 4 Click Face Sharpener 5 Click OK The face is sharpened and the p Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Using the Face Sharpener Function No
250. otoPrint EX 1 From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu appears Salat tha Rar woe wat Te create from the many Sakar birer fo access gaed pemg Page top Selecting the Paper and Layout Ctp 117 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars gt Selecting the Paper and Layout Selecting the Paper and Layout 1 Click Calendar from Menu The Page Setup screen appears File Edit View Help ipet Diet Fe Shc m Genaral japinga then sakri a denn Chet fhe button af the Dartam Te upare calandar penanti Afg meri ing pagar p24 gbr pmdagd fo the Sgae Images peragn General Gettin Orientation A Landscape G Page Setup Erat frar ag Parod i ements Fa Select Images Inside Pages 2 Set the following items in the General Settings section Paper Size Orientation Start from Period EEI Note See Help on the paper size that can be selected You can add holidays to your calendar Setting Holidays 3 Select a layout If necessary make advanced settings on the calendar and set the background EE Note You can customize the calen
251. our software application For details on the operation refer to the instruction manual of your application m For Mac OS X v 10 5 x 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on See Front View 2 Load paper See Loading Paper Note Load A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette and other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper in the Rear Tray 3 Open the Paper Output Tray gently and extend to open the Output Tray Extension 4 Create or open a document to print using an appropriate software application 5 Open the Print dialog box Select Print on the File menu in your software application The Print dialog box appears Note f the dialog box below appears click p Down arrow Prinia Tanen 400K arian EG Peai Standard 6 Specify the required print settings Printing Documents Macintosh Ctp 18 n3 396 cTp EKKAN AHENEN Pansi Sindari a Le Te ee TE E 2 E Jj a J E te 4 Lit L rors Cancel ei i ai Fite Canon IMAHE mrin i la Eee EEEREN Fpi Harde el pepee ce 1 BP od bere BS5s 25S ss Page Al Frame 1 w l Pace ane a4 Bp 22 00 by Perce Criectain F fe Cuaite amp Mata nl A Micke ara Mair Parar r L a m cae Gae 1 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in Printer 2 Select the page size of the paper to print in Paper Size 3 Select Quality amp Media in the pop up menu 4 Select the media t
252. out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight O Page top Media Types You Cannot Use CTp 39 n3 396 cTp EBLA Contents gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper gt Media Types You Cannot Use m Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will not only produce unsatisfactory results but can also cause the printer to jam or malfunction Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 gsm Paper that is too thick plain paper except for Canon genuine paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 gsm Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on A5 or smaller sized paper Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap or sticker flaps Envelopes with pressure seals Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc Page top Routine Maintenance Crp 40 n3 396 cTp
253. ow the clicked image while the selected image itself will appear in the selected image area EE Note To delete an image in the selected image area select the image you want to delete and click My To delete all images from the selected image area click Delete All Imported Images To print two or more copies of an image click a Up arrow until the number of copies you want is reached To reduce the number of copies shown in the box click T Down arrow You can change the order of photos using the list located at the top right corner of the screen You can select the printing order from Sort by Date and Sort by Name Delete Imported Image Selecting a Photo Ctp 100 n3 396 cTp Note You can correct or enhance the selected image before printing Correcting and Enhancing Photos See Help for details on the Select Images screen O Page top Selecting the Paper Ctp 101 n3 396 cTp AdvancedGuide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Photos gt Selecting the Paper Selecting the Paper 1 Click Select Paper The Select Paper screen appears file Eit Yie Help eati ihs prie bias han sebari bhe tome ae e oi paga ba prire Phoa Psp Proll g Finto Fager Fiut E krp Piet Pager Mete Phyo Papu 2 Set the following items according to the printe
254. p 374 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Printing Area gt Envelopes Envelopes Size Recommended Printing Area width x height European DL 4 06 x 7 50 inches 103 2 x 190 5 mm US Comm Env 10 3 86 x 8 34 inches 98 0 x 211 8 mm 0 12 in 3 0 mm f 1 04 in 26 5 mm pi Ta EA La 0 13 in 3 4 mm 0 13 in 3 4 mm E commended printing area Page top Deleting the Undesired Print Job Ctp 3 5 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Deleting the Undesired Print Job Deleting the Undesired Print Job If the printer does not start printing the print job data cancelled or failed may be remaining Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor 1 Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the Status Monitor button displayed on the Task Bar The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears 2 Display the print jobs Click Display Print Queue The Print Queue window opens 3 Delete the print jobs Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu When the confirmation message appears click Yes The print job is deleted D Important Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user Page top gt Ctp 3 6 n3 396 cTp Updating the Printer Driver Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Updating the Printer Driver Updating t
255. pening the Canon lJ Printer Utility Macintosh 4 Clean the Paper Feed Roller M a a __ Catan EE P9600 aries S 0 6 Geary lt Cirian ucatied ered ges eed lie m Ha prier s Dap Clearing gt liegi serrie ibai arein be charad by regula i oe eel Baran Are Clarice Freen pape mnai der reg piriitg li Aster Ligeti 7 t bagouier pind mbar uean ing W rete HEH lhe ry 1 Make sure that Cleaning is selected in the pop up menu 2 Click Roller Cleaning 3 Select the paper source to clean CTp 64 n3 396 cTp Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller CTp 65 n3 396 cTp 4 Click OK re easing ansar bed rere Harr tie alge Giger Gaui fi ogee Gd eee dik OR 4 5 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The Paper Feed Roller will rotate as it is cleaned 5 Make sure that the Paper Feed Roller stops rotating When the message appears load paper in the paper source you selected in the procedure of 3 in step 4 Load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 6 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The paper that is loaded in the printer will feed through the printer and be ejected Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning A If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the Paper Feed Roller A in the Rear Tray as described above turn off the printer unplug the power cord and then wipe the Paper Feed Roller located in the cent
256. per Guides too hard The envelopes may not be fed properly 3 Specify the settings in the printer driver 1 Select Envelope in Media Type 2 Select the size for envelopes rib Select DL Env or Comm Env 10 in Page Size Select DL Envelope or 10 Envelope in Paper Size 3 Select Landscape in Orientation D Important f you do not specify Page Size or Paper Size or Orientation properly the address will be printed upside down or will be turned to 90 degrees Note In Windows if the print result is upside down select Rotate 180 degrees on the Page Setup sheet in the printer properties dialog box of the printer driver O Page top Media Types You Can Use CTp 36 n3 396 cTp Contents gt Loading Paper gt Loading Paper gt Media Types You Can Use m Media Types You Can Use Choose paper suitable for printing for the best print results Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance the fun of printing such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers Name of Paper Paper Load Limit elas ae Settings in Printer lt Model No gt Rear Tray Cassette Limit Orv er Medierty Pe a Plain Paper Approx 150 A4 B5 A5 Letter 8 5 Approx 50 Plain Paper Recycled sheets x 11 Approx 150 sheets sheets Paper Envelopes 10 envelopes Not loadable 3 4 Env
257. pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal white streaks Ctp 304 n3 396 cTp Manual Print Head Alignment Ctp 305 n3 396 cTp C Less noticeable horizontal white streaks D More noticeable horizontal white streaks 3 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed NY Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress 7 Look at the second printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column H that has the least noticeable vertical streaks Note If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical white streaks HREN IANN F E E Less noticeable vertical white streaks F More noticeable vertical white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column Q then click Send 3 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed N Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress 8 Look at the third printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column a that has the least noticeable horizontal streaks Manual Print Head Alignment CTp 306 n3 396 cTp EE Note If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks
258. planation Sc s Printing This Manual m Using Keywords to Find a Topic mt Regisiping Topics to My Manual Spmipols Used in this Dooament Tradamarnig 1 Click the green characters to jump to the corresponding page 2 The cursor jumps to the top of this page Page top gt Printing This Manual CTp 85 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt How to Use This Manual gt Printing This Manual Printing This Manual q Back p gg Coments yi My Manual 5 Searc e Paine F Part ee Se ai Canon Curent Document ri How io Use his Mania n x F JE al TA Basic Guide Advanced Guide Troubleshooting 1 Cal IPSE i i E TIETE r Bp a a ed T a Click Pt to display the Print window to the left of the On screen Manual Note Click and then click Option Settings to display the Option Settings dialog box You can then set up the printing operation To display the Print dialog box click and then click Print Settings When the dialog box is displayed select the printer to be used for printing After selecting the printer to be used click Properties to specify the print settings The following four methods of printing are available e Current Document Selected Documents e My Manual e All Documents Current Document You can print the currently displayed topic 1 From Select Target select Current Document The title of the currently displayed topi
259. prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to use this function Align heads manually The Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is normally set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results are unsatisfactory even after you execute automatic head alignment see Aligning the Print Head Manually and execute manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing 4 Transmit the settings Click Send When the confirmation message appears click OK The printer runs in the changed mode hereafter Page top Troubleshooting Ctp 319 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting Troubleshooting m f an Error Occurs The Printer Can Not Be Powered On Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Power Lamp Flashes Green and Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange Alternately Cannot Install the Printer Driver Cannot Connect to Computer Properly Print Results Not Satisfactory Printing Does Not Start Printing Stops Before
260. quent pages to fill all the frames frames is increased in the new layout If the number of layout Pages with the new layout will be added until all the images on the frames is decreased pages with the current layout can be fitted f you change the selected layout for the front or back cover to one that has fewer layout frames any image that does not fit in the new layout will be deleted starting with the last image that was added to the former layout page EE Note Select the Apply to all pages checkbox to change the layouts of all pages to the one you newly selected Calendar Changing Layout Ctp 1 6 n3 396 cTp eee O06 ES ESIERFS Apply to all pages aaae D Important The layouts that can be selected may vary depending on the Paper Size and Orientation The layouts of all pages are changed to the selected layout All images that do not fit in the new layout will be collected on one page Layout Print Change Layout O06 007 Apply to all pages aaae 8 Important The layouts that can be selected may vary depending on the Paper Size and Orientation If the new layout has a different number of frames per page from the current layout the following will happen If the number of layout Images will move from the subsequent pages to fill all the frames frames is increased in the new layout If the number of layout Pages with the new layout will be added until all the imag
261. quests that the folowing Canon inkjet orinter scanner rebated information be colected by the survey program 05 version and e angusos depay setting mfonrnaton Derce diver and application software usage logs Tf Canon inkjet printer used the following information recorded in your printer wil ako be collected Prnter s ID number instalation date and time Ink use information Number of sheets printed and Maintenance information Information about every Canon inkjet printer scanner connected to the computer wil be collected on the computer at intervals of about one wig Information will be cofected automaticaly requineg no customer operation Inforraton wi be sent to Canon through the Intemet after three months after se months and then semannualy for four years To send information the program requires you to connect to the Intemet t depiys a confirmation window reganiang transrmeson Your cooperation amp requested f e convenient for you The Internet connection fee shall be bone by you Any of your personal information wil not be sant If you wish to uninstall the program cick Uninstal The wil uninstal the program and no further survey wil be made nna Ii Page top Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device Ctp 364 n3 396 cTp Adva jesse Ide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Compliant Device Error Message Appears on a P
262. r Application Software Printing with Other Application Software Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data m Overview of the Printer Driver Page top Various Printing Methods Ctp 195 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods Various Printing Methods Printing with Easy Setup m Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order m Setting the Stapling Margin Borderless Printing Fit to Page Printing m Scaled Printing m Page Layout Printing Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing m Stamp Background Printing m Saving a Stamp Setting Saving Image Data to be Used as a Background Printing an Envelope Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Page top Printing with Easy Setup CTp 196 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Printing with Easy Setup Printing with Easy Setup The procedure for setting the basic print setup which is necessary to print data properly with this printer is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Select the media type Select the type
263. r and paper to be used Printer Paper Source Paper Size Media Type EE Note The paper sizes and media types may vary depending on the printer See Help for details The paper sources may vary depending on the printer and the media type D Important When Fine Art Photo Rag is selected for Media Type a 1 38 inch 35 mm margin is automatically left at the top and bottom of the paper It is recommended that you check the print range with the image shown in Preview before printing EE Note E You can print directly on the DVD CD surface by selecting CD R for Paper Size Printing on a DVD CD You can print photos with more vivid colors or you can reduce the photo noise m Printing Vivid Photos Reducing Photo Noise See Help for details on the Select Paper screen O Page top Printing Ctp 102 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Photos gt Printing Printing 1 Click Layout Print The Layout Print screen appears Bile Edit View Help Delati te Land aoe lo pad Check the Preyer Seed clkck the Prink baiio Printing aten Exif Print E g T Bordetess Possi o lezi a E Dodetess Bordeed fc jad EERIE irde pe Indes ot D Important The reduced images thumbnails displayed in the screen may appear as follows A black line appears along an edge of the image An edge of the image appears
264. rall brightness contrast etc of images 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click Si Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears Tr Fled Eya Comection oo Fate Shapenci os Digital Face Smocting Co Une ehari OGOLE 2 eg EE Note You can also display the Correct Enhance Images window by clicking F Correct Enhance Images in the Layout Print or Edit screen In that case only the image displayed in Preview can be corrected enhanced See Correct Enhance Images Window for details on the Correct Enhance Images window 2 Select the image you want to adjust from the list displayed in the lower part of the Correct Enhance Images window The image appears in Preview EE Note If only one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview 3 Click Manual then click Adjust 4 Move the slider of the item you want to adjust and set the effect level The following adjustments are available Brightness Contrast Sharpness Blur Show through Removal Adjusting Images Ctp 150 n3 396 cTp Shiah Fremers al p Note Click Defaults to reset all adjustments 5 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save adjusted images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Only JPEG Exif file format is available for adjusted
265. rdware and Sound In Windows XP click Control Panel Printers and Other Hardware then Printers and Faxes In Windows 2000 click Control Panel and Printers 2 Right click the Canon XXX icon where XXX is your printer s name and select Printing Preferences os ee Her The printer properties dialog box opens Note You can also open the printer properties dialog box from your software application or My Printer on a desktop For details refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide m Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh 1 Open System Preferences and click Print amp Fax 2 Select your printer s name in Printers and click Open Print Queue The list of printer jobs appears 3 Click Utility The print list dialog box appears 4 Select your printer s name in the Product list and click Maintenance Opening the Maintenance Screens CTp 68 n3 396 cTp a J aro ite oe bt ny 2 Fel on Cease H d mn Cimiano umaariad ered ges arri liter n Ha prier sea Tap Clearing w licei serrie ikai aren be cred by regula ie el Baran Are Clarice Pret Pope mage deg pririitg Galer Deaing begvaber pink ober dean ing Soe pete pa lees nj The Canon IJ Printer Utility starts up Note You can also open Canon IJ Printer Utility by the procedure below Select Applications from the Go menu double click the Utilities folder then double click Printer Setup Utility For details refer to th
266. re gt Printing Photos Printing Photos Easy PhotoPrint EX allows you to print your favorite photos in a variety of layouts You can also create borderless photos easily Corrections suitable for photos will be applied automatically when printing Steps 1 Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 2 Selecting a Photo 3 Selecting the Paper 4 Printing Try This Correcting and Enhancing Photos Printing on a DVD CD Printing Vivid Photos Reducing Photo Noise Cropping Photos Photo Print Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print Printing Multiple Photos on One Page Printing an Index Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print gt Printing Photo Information Saving Photos Opening Saved Files Questions and Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from How Do Print with Even Margins Page top Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 98 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Photos gt Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 1 From the Start menu select All Programs gt Canon Utilities gt Easy PhotoPrint EX gt Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX starts and Menu appears Salat tha Rar woe wat Te create from the many Sakar birer fo access gaed pemg Page top Selectin
267. re canceled Reprint if necessary If you cannot remove the paper or if the paper tears inside the printer or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact your Canon service representative In other cases Paper Jams CTp 356 n3 396 cTp Make sure of the following e Check 1 Are there any foreign objects in the Rear Tray or around the Paper Output Slot e Check 2 Is the Rear Cover closed completely e Check 3 Is the paper curled Check 3 Load the paper after correcting its curl Page top Message Appears on the Computer Screen Ctp 357 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Message Appears on the Computer Screen Message Appears on the Computer Screen Service Error 5100 Is Displayed Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed Error Regarding Automatic Print Head Alignment Is Displayed mi Windows Writing Error Output Error Communication Error m MET Error Number 300 Is Displayed METTI Error Number 1700 Is Displayed TIE Ink Info Number 1600 Is Displayed ap MEETS Ink Info Number 1683 Is Displayed ie Mr nk Info Number 1688 Is Displayed MET Error Number 1851 Is Displayed Error Number 1856 Is Displayed TIE Error Number 2001 Is Displayed TIN Error Number 2002 Is Displayed acintosh Error Number 2500 Is Displayed UTA Other Error Messages Service Error 5100 Is Displayed e Check Is the movement
268. reated in the same folder that contains the MyAlbum el1 file If you want to move or copy the MyAlbum el1 file to another folder move or copy the MyAlbum el1 Data folder as well The MyAlbum el1 Data folder contains the photos used in the album PS ae MyAlbum ell Data MyAlbum ell EE Note The icons may vary depending on the items D Important Do not change the Data folder name otherwise you will not be able to display the photos you edited with Easy PhotoPrint EX Page top Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from Ctp 158 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Questions and Answers gt Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from As shown below printing starts from the left side of the image displayed in the Layout Print screen Outputs the paper in the direction as the arrow indicates See your printer manual for details on how to load paper to print on the front back etc Page top How Do I Print with Even Margins Ctp 159 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Questions and Answers gt How Do Print with Even Margins How Do I Print with Even Margins When you
269. riate action Al Other Error Messages e Check If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor check the following e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk e Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory Quit other running applications to increase available memory If you still cannot print restart your computer and retry printing e Printer driver could not be found Uninstall the printer driver according to the procedure described in Uninstalling the Printer Driver and then reinstall it e Could not print Application name File name Try printing again once the current job is complete Page top Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing Ctp 361 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing e Check Is the paper size or media type appropriate e Make sure that the actual size of the paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for automatic duplex printing are A4 Letter A5 and 5 x 7 Load paper of suitable size then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer e Make sure that the Page Size or Paper Size setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing First
270. rinter Do not open or close the Inner Cover while printing is in progress This may damage the printer MTT message 1001 Is Displayed e Check Place the CD R Tray properly Place the CD R Tray properly then press the RESUME CANCEL button Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray supplied with the printer G is on the upper side Message Appears on the Computer Screen Ctp 280 n3 396 cTp For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray EEEE Error Number 1002 Is Displayed e Check 1 Place the DVD CD on the CD R Tray properly Place the DVD CD on the CD R Tray properly then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray supplied with the printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray e Check 2 Unrecognizable DVD CD may be placed Canon recommends that you use DVD CDs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer e Check 3 Is the DVD CD on the CD R Tray already printed If you place the DVD CDs on which have already been printed on the CD R Tray the CD R Tray is ejected In this case change the settings of the printer driver and try printing again e Clear the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box in Custom Settings on the Canon IJ Printer Utility dialog box then click Send When printing is over select the Detects a printable disc in
271. rinter If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue Then when the confirmation message appears click Yes The icon is deleted 3 Select the printer driver to be deleted Press the Alt key On the File menu select Run as administrator and then click Sever Properties If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue Click the Drivers tab In the Installed printer drivers list click the printer to delete 4 Delete the printer driver When you click Remove Remove Driver And Package dialog box is displayed Select Remove driver and driver package and then click OK In the confirmation dialog box click Yes When data collection is completed in the Remove Driver Package dialog box click Delete 5 Click OK Uninstalling the Printer Driver Ctp 379 n3 396 cTp The deletion of the printer driver is complete Important You may not be able to delete the printer driver properly from the Installed printer drivers list If this happens restart your computer and try again Page top Before Installing the Printer Driver Ctp 380 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Updating the Printer Driver gt Before Installing the Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the Printer Driver You should also refer to this section if the Printer Driver cannot be installed Check the printer status e P
272. roperly connect the personal computer and the printer For details on connection instructions refer to the Install the Software in the manual Getting Started e Turn off the printer Check the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications e In Windows Vista log on as a user who has the administrator rights In Windows XP log on as the computer administrator In Windows 2000 log on as a member of the Administrators group Note If an old version of the Printer Driver is already installed first delete uninstall that version For instructions on deleting the Printer Driver see Uninstalling the Printer Driver Related Topics m Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver Page top gt Installing the Printer Driver Ctp 381 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Updating the Printer Driver gt Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest Printer Driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded Printer Driver is as follows 1 Turn off the printer D Important If you turn on the computer while the printer is on the Windows Plug and Play function is executed automatically and the Found New Hardware window Windows Vista or Found New Hardware Wizard window Windows XP Windows 2000 is displayed In this case click Cancel 2 Start th
273. rtant You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Related Topics m Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Before Installing the Printer Driver Page top gt Uninstalling the On Screen Manuals CtTp 382 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Uninstalling the On Screen Manuals Uninstalling the On Screen Manuals Follow the procedure below to uninstall all of the installed on screen manuals from your computer All of the installed on screen manuals will be deleted at the same time 1 Click Start gt All Programs Programs in Windows 2000 gt Canon XXX Manual where XXX is your printer s name gt Uninstall 2 Click OK when the confirmation message appears Note When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed click OK to restart your computer On screen manuals other than printer driver s help are uninstalled at a time 1 Select Applications on the Go menu 2 Double click the Canon Utilities folder and then the IJ Manual folder 3 Drag the folder of your printer s name into the trash 4 Drag the 2 XXX On screen Manual icon where XXX is your printer s name on your desktop into the trash Page top Transporting the Printer CTp 383 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Transporting the Printer Transporting the Printer When relocating the printer pack the print
274. s Power lamp Off The power is off Power lamp lit green The printer is ready to print Power lamp flashing green The printer is getting ready to print or printing is in progress Alarm lamp flashing orange An error has occurred and the printer is not ready to print For details refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide Power lamp flashes green once and Alarm lamp flashes orange once alternately An error that requires contacting your Canon service representative may have occurred For details refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide Main Components E Rear View a 14 15 16 14 USB Port Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer A Caution Do not touch the metal casing D Important Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing from the computer 15 Rear Cover Detach to remove jammed papers 16 Power Cord Connector Plug in the supplied power cord E Inside View 17 Ink lamp Lights or flashes red to indicate the ink tank status See Checking the Ink Status 18 Print Head Lock Lever Locks the Print Head into place Important Do not raise this lever after installing the Print Head 19 Print Head Holder Install the Print Head Note For details on installing the Print Head and ink tanks refer to the printed manual Getting Started CtTp
275. s Dialog Box Windows Opening the Page Setup and Print Dialog Box Macintosh m Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh m Connecting the Printer to the Network Page top Printing Area Ctp 371 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Printing Area Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the printer allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area EI Canon recommends that you print within this area Printable area LC The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note Borderless Printing e By selecting Borderless Printing option you can make prints with no margins e When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use GP 501 Photo Paper Glossy GP 502 Photo Paper Plus Semi Gloss SG 201 Photo Paper Pro Platinum PT 101 Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PP 201 Photo Paper Pro II PR 201 Matte Photo Paper MP 101 Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with altered color hues Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only
276. s directly without using a computer Note When printing photos with the PictBridge compliant device connected to the printer we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the printer Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge compliant device before connecting it to this printer according to instructions given in the device s instruction manual 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Make sure that the PictBridge compliant device is turned off 4 Connect the PictBridge compliant device to the printer using a USB cable A recommended by the manufacturer of the device The PictBridge compliant device turns on automatically If your device does not turn on automatically turn it on manually ai will appear on the LCD of the device when the printer is correctly connected 5 Specify the print settings such as paper type and layout You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge compliant device Select the Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Ctp 287 n3 396 cTp size and type of paper that you loaded in the printer m Settings on
277. s not click into place make sure that the orange protective cap has been removed from the bottom of the ink tank If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled replace the ink tank with a new one See Prepare the new ink tank If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank there has been an error and the printer cannot print Check the Alarm lamp on the printer Refer to the Troubleshooting in the on screen manual Advanced Guide With the Computer Screen Checking the Ink Status CTp 43 n3 396 cTp You can confirm the status of each ink tank on the printer status monitor Windows and Canon IJ Printer Utility Macintosh VVindows phen igh Erte pria Frk nn he m j fh meg bee ese er ri ei Pear ree Ahaa ik hanen me eee oe ler aair The jab ere frasi tee MU pii bolion bo ete ihe curred mma ireg ink eel A Check if any symbol appears on the screen Ink with Ink low is running low You can continue printing for a while but we recommend you to have a new ink tank available Note An error message may appear while printing Confirm the message and take an appropriate action Follow the procedure below to open each of the confirmation screens VVindows 1 Open the printer properties dialog box See Opening the Printer Properties Dialog Box Windows 2 Click View Printer Status on the Maintenance sheet To co
278. s on ink lamp flashing speed see Checking the Ink Status 4 Prepare the new ink tank 1 Take the new ink tank out of its package pull the orange tape 0 in the direction of the arrow to peel off the tape then remove the film 0 D Important amp Make sure that the film is completely removed from the air hole C If the air hole is blocked with the remaining film ink may leak out or may not eject properly 2 Hold the orange protective cap D as indicated in the figure below then twist and remove it from the bottom of the ink tank Remove the protective cap while holding it to prevent the ink from staining your fingers Discard the protective cap once it is removed CTp 45 n3 396 cTp Replacing Procedure CtTp 46 n3 396 cTp D Important Do not touch the electrical contacts E on the ink tank It can cause the printer to malfunction or become unable to print D Important f you shake an ink tank the ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area Handle an ink tank carefully Do not squeeze the side of ink tanks as this may cause the ink to leak out Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective cap Do not reattach the protective cap once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Do not touch the open ink port once the protective cap is removed as
279. s printed with the specified paper size Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Ctp 231 n3 396 cTp Page top Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Ctp 232 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Simulating an Illustration Representing Image Data with a Single Color Presenting Image Data with Vivid Colors Smoothing Jagged Outlines Changing Color Properties to Improve Coloration Reducing Photo Noise Page top Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method CTp 233 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method Selecting a Combination of the Print Quality Level and a Halftoning Method You can set the print quality level and the h
280. se Cropping Photos Photo Print Printing Dates on Photos Photo Print Printing Multiple Photos on One Page Printing an Index m Printing ID Photos ID Photo Print Printing Photo Information Saving Photos Opening Saved Files Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Photos m Attaching Comments to Photos m Adding Text to Photos m Saving Setting Holidays Setting Calendar Display Page top Printing on a DVD CD Ctp 162 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing on a DVD CD Printing on a DVD CD You can print on a DVD CD using Photo Print Select CD R for Paper Size in the Select Paper screen then select a layout and enter the title If you want to edit the details return to Menu and select DVD CD Label and edit print using CD LabelPrint Follow the steps for other items to complete image selection in the Select Images screen Selecting a Photo 1 Select CD R for Paper Size in the Select Paper screen Set the Printer and Media Type according to the printer and DVD CD to be used Pile Edit Yew Hep Selectie prmber boias Hian sekeri tie ine arni lyze of pager oe prire
281. selected image area EE Note To delete an image in the selected image area select the image you want to delete and click Delete Imported Image To delete all images from the selected image area click EE Note See Help for details on the Select Images screen O Delete All Imported Images Page top Editing Ctp 131 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout gt Editing Editing 1 Click Edit The Edit screen appears Eds byout orint elamante a5 needed Pngart haat add images or change Gyr Edit Tools C EEL nig 2 Edit the layout if necessary Changing Layout Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Printing Dates on Photos m Adding Text to Photos EE Note The edit information will be discarded if you exit Easy PhotoPrint EX without saving the edited layout It is recommended that you save the item if you want to edit it again Saving See Help for details on the Edit screen O Page top Printing Ctp 132 n3 396 cTp Ndvancediauide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Layout gt Printing Printing 1 Click Print Settings The Print Setti
282. sion of the printer driver the print settings you Saving a Changed Printing Profile CTp 313 n3 396 cTp registered will be deleted from Printing Profiles Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved In this case register the print settings again Using registered print settings 1 Select the print settings to be used Select a printing profile in the Printing Profiles list on the Profiles tab The parameters and settings of the profile are displayed in the Details box 2 Retrieve from Profiles Click Retrieve from Profiles Click OK when a message appears Settings of the selected profile are applied to the Main Page Setup and Effects tabs Note If you want to revert a profile to the default settings select Default Settings in the Printing Profiles list and click Retrieve from Profiles Click OK on the confirmation message window The settings which were made on the Main Page Setup and Effects tabs are reverted to the default settings Deleting unnecessary printing profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Printing Profiles list on the Profiles tab 2 Delete the printing profile Click Delete When the confirmation message appears click OK The selected printing profile is deleted from the Printing Profiles list Note Current Settings and Default Settings cannot be deleted Page top Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper Ctp
283. tation are not inherited In the Replace Image dialog box you can change the display size and order of the thumbnails See Help for details Page top Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Ctp 183 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos You can adjust the position angle and size of images a Select the image of which you want to change the position or size in the Edit screen and click Edit Image or double click the image a mn Edit Image Sa Posiion amp Size Crop _ Frame Date _ Comments Center Fos iore Fron Lent of Page ES mm From Top of Page 148 455 reife Rotations 0 0 Sie Custom size W Lock aspect ratio widik 127 05 mm Height 84 6 mm O Standard size Set the Center Position Rotation and Size then click OK EE Note You can also change the position and size of an image by dragging it in the Edit screen Select an image in the Edit screen then click Free Rotate and drag a corner of the image to rotate it See Help for details on the position and size of images Page top Cropping Photos Ctp 184 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Applicati
284. te Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Face Sharpener Click Compare to display the images before and after the correction side by side so that you can compare and check the result Click Reset Selected Image to undo the correction operation If you want to apply the correction to all the selected images at once select the Apply to all images checkbox Manual Correction 3 Click Manual then click Correct Enhance 4 Click Face Sharpener Move the cursor over the image The shape of the cursor changes to Cross set i es Comert ec Fase irhier Feces Shaper 12 3 Weak sigri Saab e Ae p ae lo eiie oS Dagis Face Srmothing OL Shares Ferret 5 Drag to select the area you want to correct then click OK that appears over the image The facial area in and around the selected area is sharpened and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Note You can also drag to rotate the rectangle Click Undo to undo the preceding correction operation Effect levels can be changed using the slider below Face Sharpener 6 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save corrected images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Ctp 142 n3 396 cTp Using the Face Sharpener Function Ctp 143 n3 396 cTp Only
285. te action to correct the error 2 amp e6e B A A Note the number of flashes B Flashes repeatedly Number of flashes Cause Two flashes Printer is out of paper Paper does not feed Three flashes Paper Output Tray is closed Paper jam Four flashes Ink tank is not installed properly Ink may have run out Five flashes Print Head is not installed Print Head is defective Six Flashes The Inner Cover is opened Seven Flashes Ink tank is not installed in the correct position Eight flashes Ink absorber is almost full Reload paper in the Rear Tray or Cassette and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer If the Paper Output Tray is closed open it The printer resumes printing If opening the Paper Output Tray does not resolve the problem or if the tray was open to begin with the paper may be jammed Remove the jammed paper reload paper properly in the printer then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer Paper Jams e lf the lamp on the ink tank is not lit the ink tank may not be installed properly Install an appropriate ink tank e f the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing press the RESUME CANCEL button with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The printer may be damage
286. that the Inner Cover is closed If the Inner Cover is opened close the Inner Cover and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer e Check 8 Make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box The printer will not print properly if you are using a driver for a different printer In Windows make sure that your printer s name is selected in the Print dialog box On a Macintosh make sure that your printer s name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog box Note To make the printer the one selected by default select Set as Default Printer Windows Default Printer or Make Default Macintosh Printing Does Not Start CTp 345 n3 396 cTp VVindows e Check 9 Configure the printer port appropriately Configure USBnnn where n is a number as the printer port 1 Log on as a user account with administrator privilege 2 Click Control Panel then Printer under Hardware and Sound In Windows XP click Control Panel Printers and Other Hardware then Printers and Faxes In Windows 2000 click Control Panel then Printers 3 Right click the Canon XXX icon then select Properties 4 Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings Make sure that a port named USBnnn where n is a number with Canon XXX appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port s If the setting is incorrect reinstall the printer driver or change the printer port to the correct one Page top
287. the CD R Tray e 8cm DVD CD 1 Remove the 8 cm CD R Adapter from the CD R Tray Ctp 2 2 n3 396 cTp Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Ctp 2 3 n3 396 cTp Page top Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Ctp 2 4 n3 396 cTp Adeinese Ctitels Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs The CD R Tray supplied allows the printing of images on printable DVD CDs CD LabelPrint is bundled application software that allows you to edit and modify data before printing Install it on your computer to use it Printing with CD LabelPrint from the Computer EE Note We recommend that you test print on an unneeded printable DVD CD first Page top Printing with CD LabelPrint from the Computer Ctp 2 5 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Printing on the Label Side of DVD CDs gt Printing with CD LabelPrint from the Computer Printing with CD LabelPrint from the Computer e CD LabelPrint is bundled application software that allows you to edit and modify data before printing Install it on your computer to use it For information on how to install this software refer to your setup manual e For details on how to print with CD LabelPrint refer to its manual If you are using Windows click Start gt All Programs or Programs in Windows 2000 gt CD
288. the CD R tray check box and click Send Note lf the Detects a printable disc in the CD R tray check box is cleared printing may start without the DVD CD loaded Selecting the check box prevents the CD R Tray from getting dirty _acintosh Message 1850 Is Displayed e Check Open the Inner Cover then place the CD R Tray properly Open the Inner Cover place the CD R Tray properly then press the RESUME CANCEL button For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray Page top Cannot Print on DVD CDs Ctp 281 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing on DVD CDs gt Troubleshooting gt Cannot Print on DVD CDs Cannot Print on DVD CDs DVD CD Printing Does Not Start CD R Tray Does Not Feed Properly CD R Tray Jammed DVD CD Printing Does Not Start e Check 1 Is the CD R Tray placed properly Open the Inner Cover properly place the CD R Tray again then press the RESUME CANCEL button Use the CD R Tray supplied with this printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray e Check 2 Is the DVD CD placed on the CD R Tray Place the DVD CD on the CD R Tray properly then press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer Make sure that you are using the CD R Tray supplied with the printer G is on the upper side For details on how to place the CD R Tray see Attaching Removing the CD R Tray
289. the Print Options on the Page Setup sheet in the printer driver and select Disable the paper source setting of the application software on the Print Options screen When the paper source setting is inconsistent between an application program and the printer driver the application software setting takes precedence Setting the Paper Source for Plain Paper Page top Paper Jams CTp 353 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Paper Jams Paper Jams Note If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer If the paper is jammed in the Paper Output Slot or the Rear Tray Remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Slowly pull the paper out either from the Rear Tray or from the Paper Output Slot whichever is easier Note fthe paper tears and a piece remains inside the printer open the Top Cover and remove it Be careful not to touch the components inside the printer After removing all paper close the Top Cover turn the printer off and turn it back on f you cannot pull the paper out turn the printer off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically 2 Reload the paper and press the RESUME CANCEL button on the printer If you turned off the printer in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note
290. the Start menu select All Programs gt CD LabelPrint gt Manual D Important a DVD CD Label is not displayed in Menu if CD LabelPrint is not installed on your computer 2 CD LabelPrint New Ble Edt Test Fuge image Posion Settings Wew Help ee AG BOOKA ma ede ya eee ance oes Page top Printing Calendars Ctp 115 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars Printing Calendars Easy PhotoPrint EX allows you to create your own calendar using your favorite photos Steps 1 Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX 2 Selecting the Paper and Layout 3 Selecting a Photo 4 Editing 5 Printing Try This Correcting and Enhancing Photos Changing Layout Changing Background Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Photos m Adding Text to Photos Setting Calendar Display Setting Holidays Saving Opening Saved Files Questions and Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Page top Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Ctp 116 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars gt Starting Easy PhotoPrint EX Starting Easy Ph
291. the error so you can continue printing Before the ink absorber becomes completely full contact a Canon service representative You will need to replace a particular part of the printer e Check the device connected to the printer Printing photos directly is possible only with a PictBridge compliant device e A communication time out occurs if an operation takes too long or if it takes too much time to send data This may cancel printing In such cases disconnect and reconnect the USB cable When printing from a PictBridge compliant device depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a PictBridge compliant print mode on the device before connecting it to the printer You may also have to turn on your device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the printer Perform necessary operations before connecting your device referring to its instruction manual lf the error is still not resolved check if you can print another photograph The size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 Letter A5 and 5 x 7 Make sure that the size of the paper loaded in the printer is correct Pressing the RESUME CANCEL button will eject the paper and restart printing from the front side of the next paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet will not be printed e Print Head nozzles are clogged Press the RESUME CANCEL but
292. the icon for the printer is not displayed check that the printer is actually connected to the print server 4 Complete the setup Take the appropriate action as described on the screen and then click Finish The icon for the shared printer will be created in the Printers and Faxes window Windows XP or Printers window Windows 2000 This completes the setup on the client systems You can now share the printer in the network 00 Page top gt Restrictions on Network Printing Ctp 392 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Appendix gt Connecting the Printer to the Network gt Restrictions on Network Printing Restrictions on Network Printing These are restrictions that apply if you are using a printer in a network environment Check the restrictions for the environment you are using If you are sharing a printer in a network e A print completion message may be displayed To disable the message display follow the procedure below e In Windows Vista Press the Alt key from the Printers window on the client system Open Run as administrator gt Server Properties from the displayed File menu Uncheck Show informational notifications for network printers on the Advanced tab and then restart the computer e In Windows XP or Windows 2000 Open Server Properties from the File menu of the Printer and Faxes window Windows XP or the Printers window Windows 2000 on the print server system Uncheck Not
293. the list 6 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the width of the stapling margin and then click OK 7 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab Duplex printing will be started Performing duplex printing manually You can perform the duplex printing manually 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab al E Piat LA Aapa 150 det 3 Select the layout Select Normal size Printing or Fit to Page Printing Scaled Printing or Page Layout Printing from the Page Layout list 4 Specify the side to be stapled The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings and automatically selects the best Staple Side If you want to change the setting select another value from the list 5 Set the margin width If necessary click Specify Margin and set the width of the stapling margin and then click OK 6 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper When the Duplex Printing Ctp 217 n3 396 cTp printing of one side is complete set the paper correctly by following the message and click OK The document will be printed on the opposite side Important Duplex Printing is unavailable when A media type other than Plain Paper or Hagaki is selected from the Media
294. the media type for the print data is plain paper and the paper size matches the paper allocation setting the printer automatically feeds paper from the cassette If not the printer feeds paper from the rear tray To change the paper allocation settings click Paper Allocation specify the Paper Size to be loaded in the cassette and then click OK If you load frequently used plain paper in the cassette the printer feeds paper from the rear tray when the print data uses a different type of paper You can therefore reduce the trouble of having to load different paper 3 Complete the setup Click OK When you execute print the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data Page top Displaying the Print Results before Printing Ctp 229 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Displaying the Print Results before Printing Displaying the Print Results before Printing You can display and check the print result before printing The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab 3 Complete the setup Click OK The Canon IJ Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing Related Topic m Canon IJ Preview Page top Set
295. the printer driver properly D Important You cannot use the following envelopes Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes with a double flap or sticker flaps Envelopes with pressure seals Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Note You cannot load envelopes in the Cassette Load them in the Rear Tray 1 Prepare envelopes Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction ii J J a If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease x X ms The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope D Important The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inches 3 mm 2 Load envelopes Loading Envelopes CTp 35 n3 396 cTp B Cc B Rear side C Address side 1 Slide the Paper Guides A to open them and load the envelopes in the center of the Rear Tray WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING YOU The folded flap of the envelope will be faced down on the left side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once 2 Slide the Paper Guides to align them with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the Pa
296. this case wait for a while If you still cannot proceed to the next step follow the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver 1 Click Cancel on the Printer Connection screen 2 Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen 3 Click Back on the screen that appears next 4 Click Exit on the PIXMA XXX screen then remove the CD ROM 5 Turn the printer off 6 Restart the computer 7 Make sure that you have no application software running 8 Follow the procedure described in your setup manual to reinstall the printer driver e In other cases Follow the procedure described in your setup manual for proper installation If the driver was not installed correctly uninstall the printer driver restart your computer then reinstall the driver Uninstalling the Printer Driver If you reinstall the printer driver select Custom Install on the Setup CD ROM Note If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the driver Restart your computer before reinstalling Page top Cannot Connect to Computer Properly CTp 329 n3 396 cTp dvanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Troubleshooting gt Cannot Connect to Computer Properly Cannot Connect to Computer Properly Printing Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work VVindows This device can perform faster Message Is Displayed If your system
297. this may prevent the ink from being ejected properly 5 Install the new ink tank 1 Insert the front end of ink tank into the Print Head at a slant Make sure the position of the ink tank matches the label 2 Press the mark Push on the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place Make sure that the ink lamp lights up red Replacing Procedure Ctp 47 n3 396 cTp D Important You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the Print Head Holder You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks 6 Close the Top Cover If you replaced the ink tank during printing the printer resumes printing automatically Note If the Alarm lamp still flashes orange after the Top Cover is closed refer to the Alarm Lamp Flashes Orange in the Troubleshooting of the on screen manual Advanced Guide When you start printing after replacing the ink tank the printer starts cleaning the Print Head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the Print Head The Power lamp flashes green during cleaning f printed ruled lines are printed or the print head position is misaligned adjust the print head position See Aligning the Print Head The printer may make operating noise when preparing for printing
298. ticeable vertical streaks CTp 301 n3 396 cTp Manual Print Head Alignment Ctp 302 n3 396 cTp Note If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical white streaks HEE HT E F E Less noticeable vertical white streaks F More noticeable vertical white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column Q then click OK 3 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed A Important Do not open the Top Cover while printing is in progress 7 Look at the third printout and adjust the print head position 1 Check the printed patterns and select the number of the pattern in column a that has the least noticeable horizontal streaks Manual Print Head Alignment Ctp 303 n3 396 cTp Note If itis difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks G Less noticeable horizontal white streaks H More noticeable horizontal white streaks 2 Repeat the procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for column j then click OK 3 Confirm the displayed message and click OK 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 Load four sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the Cassette 3 Open the Paper Output Tray and extend the Output Tray Extension 4 Print the pattern 5 Open the Canon lJ Printer Utility dialog box
299. tifully by removing blemishes and wrinkles m Using the Digital Face Smoothing Function Blemish Remover Function You can remove moles Using the Blemish Remover Function Image Adjustment You can make fine adjustments to the overall brightness contrast etc of images Adjusting Images Page top Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Ctp 134 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Using the Auto Photo Fix Function Apply optimum corrections automatically to the photos used for an album or calendar D Important The Auto Photo Fix function is not available for Photo Print Photo Print allows you to automatically apply suitable corrections to all photos when printing Select this option in Image on the Advanced tab of the Preferences dialog box To display the Preferences dialog box click cet Settings in the Layout Print screen or select Preferences from the File menu Once image is corrected with Auto Photo Fix and saved it cannot be corrected again with Auto Photo Fix Also Auto Photo Fix may not be available for images edited using an application digital camera etc manufactured by other companies 1 Select photos in the Select Images screen then click p Correct Enhance Images The Correct Enhance Images window appears Retty Con ection Face S heap
300. ting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Ctp 230 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Various Printing Methods gt Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper if its size cannot be selected in Page Size Such a paper size is called a custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows 1 Set the custom size in the application software On your application s paper size feature specify your custom size D Important lf the application software that created the document has a function for specifying the height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly use the printer driver to set the values 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Select the paper size Select Custom for Page Size on the Page Setup tab Paper Sine With BS A mhes 17 1652 Haft 1100 inches GSE 4 Set the custom size in the application software Specify Units and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used Then click OK 5 Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab When you execute print the data i
301. ton to dismiss the error and print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the Print Head Routine Maintenance e Paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded in the Rear Tray Press the RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error then load a sheet of supplied paper Paper For Print Head Alignment or A4 Letter sized Canon Matte Photo Paper MP 1071 with the printing side whiter side facing UP in the Rear Tray For Automatic Print Head Alignment always load paper on the Rear Tray e The Paper Output Slot is exposed to strong light Press the RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error and then adjust your operating environment and or the position of the printer so that the Paper Output Slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the Print Head again press the RESUME CANCEL button to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment Manual Print Head Alignment The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected The lamp on the ink tank flashes Replace the ink tank and close the Top Cover Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the printer If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Press and hold the RESUME CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the
302. ts paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the printer If any foreign object metal or liquid fall into the printer unplug the power cord and call for service Do not transport or use the printer on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the printer Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink Ctp 71 n3 396 cTp Safety Precautions Ctp 72 n3 396 cTp If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets in contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Do not shake Print Heads or ink tanks Ink may spill out and stain clothing or the surrounding area Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head and ink tanks Do not handle the Print Head and ink tanks roughly such as applying them excessive pressure or dropping them Do not rinse or wipe the Print Head and ink tanks Once you have installed the Print Head and ink tanks do not remove them unnecessaril
303. ubject to the following restriction Keep this point in mind when using it e All icons of the installed applications that support Solution Menu are displayed in the window After the installation you cannot rearrange the icons or delete only the icons Page top
304. ufacturer Error Message On PictBridge Action Compliant Device No paper See Cannot Print on DVD CDs and take the appropriate action Paper Error See Cannot Print on DVD CDs and take the appropriate action Page top Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device CTp 284 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Page top Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device CTp 285 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device About PictBridge Print Settings Page top Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device CTp 286 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device gt Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device Printing Photographs Directly from a Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge compliant device such as a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone using a USB cable recommended by the device s manufacturer and print recorded image
305. uide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software Printing with the Bundled Application Software What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX Printing Photos Creating an Album Printing a DVD CD Printing Calendars Printing Stickers Printing Layout Correcting and Enhancing Photos Questions and Answers m Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings Page top What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX CTp 95 n3 396 cTp dvanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX What Is Easy PhotoPrint EX Easy PhotoPrint EX allows you to create albums calendars and stickers easily using photos taken with digital cameras You can also print borderless photos easily S Ense Phonan Bile Edit Yew Help Sele ha Kam ois Aani Te create Enom The manii pakar Liner To access gaed Hemp D Important Easy PhotoPrint EX does not support Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows Me or Windows NT4 Easy PhotoPrint EX can only be used with Canon inkjet printers It does not support some printers including Canon compact printers SELPHY CP series Ifaprinter that supports Easy PhotoPrint EX is not installed you cannot print items you create a f Easy PhotoPrint EX is installed on a computer that already has Easy LayoutPrint installed Easy LayoutPrint will be replaced by Easy PhotoPrint EX Note Print
306. unched the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the Task Bar Ponting Fages 1 rm Depis Pant Queue Cancel Printing EE Note To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab When Errors Occur The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed when an error occurs e g if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low The follwing paper has pun out Page Size Lemer 85 17 T Lead paper inte the comets 2 Proves the panter s RESUME Plain pacer of Ad Letier GS and AS size wil Be fed From the ini iha pita career In such cases take the appropriate action as described Page top gt The Canon IJ Preview CtTp 265 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Overview of the Printer Driver gt The Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout print sequence and number of pages You can also change the media type and paper source settings If you want to display a preview before printing open the printer driver setup window cl
307. us Printing Methods gt Borderless Printing Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper Without the borderless printing function a margin is provided around the printed data If you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it select Borderless Printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows Setting Borderless Printing 1 Open the printer driver setup window 2 Set borderless printing Check the Borderless Printing check box on the Page Setup tab fh Caner iPA600 tenes Printing Preferences Ehan E Page Sete gf Becta i Protea A Martorana EE Eer Fisi LED depts retains 5 niinniin ee Prete Paper Plus Geasy Il i Leer bs 2 ae Click OK when the confirmation message appears When a message prompting you to change the media type appears select a media type from the list and click OK 3 Check the paper size Check the Page Size list If you want to change select another page size from the list The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing 4 Adjust the amount of extension from the paper Adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider as necessary Moving the slider to the right makes the amount larger and moving the slider to the left makes the amount smaller Borderless Printing Ctp
308. ute print the data is printed with the specified color adjustment method a Important If ICM is disabled in the application software ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Page top Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data CTp 238 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Other Application Software gt Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Specifying Color Correction gt Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Windows a color management system called
309. ves But Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Checking the Print Head Nozzles Page top gt Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Ctp 298 n3 396 cTp Advancedauide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers The feed roller cleaning function allows you to clean the paper feed roller Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed roller and paper is not fed properly The procedure for cleaning the feed rollers is as follows r Roller cleaning 1 Prepare the printer Remove all sheets of paper from the paper source from which paper could not be properly fed 2 Open the printer driver setup window 3 Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab The Roller Cleaning dialog box opens 4 Select Rear Tray or Cassette and click OK The confirmation message appears 5 Execute paper feed roller cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and click OK Paper feed roller cleaning starts 6 Complete paper feed roller cleaning After the rollers have stopped follow the instruction in the message load three sheets of plain paper into the selected paper source of the printer and click OK Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed Page top gt Aligning the Print Head Position Ctp 299 n3 396 cTp Advancediamde Advanced Guide gt Mai
310. w to select photos Selecting a Photo The available number of photos and layout may vary depending on the media type Photos are arranged in the following order Example Borderless x4 You can change the printing order in Printing Order on the Print tab of the Preferences dialog box You can select the printing order from By Date By Name and By Selection To display the Preferences dialog box click cet Settings or select Preferences from the File menu Page top Printing an Index Ctp 169 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Appendix 1 Easy PhotoPrint EX Settings gt Printing an Index Printing an Index You can print an index of selected photos An index print shows the thumbnails of the photos in one page It is convenient for managing your photos To print an index select Index from the layouts in the Layout Print screen Sebeck kha Lya wou aa LO pri Check the Prev Seed clkck the Prink baiio Prig phate Exif Print a H Bronce end bul Bordeced ba Bordes Note See the following section for details on how to select photos Selecting a Photo Index print will be disabled if you select any of the following paper sizes Credit Card Fine Art A4 Fine Art A3 Fine Art A3 Fine Art Letter CD R Up to 80 thumbnails can be printe
311. want to apply the effect to You can adjust the effect level using the slider Blemish Remover Removes moles You can specify the area you want to apply the effect to Undo Cancels the latest correction enhancement OK Applies the selected effect to the specified area Reset Selected Image Cancels all corrections and enhancements applied to the selected image Save Selected Image Saves the selected image Save All Corrected Images Saves all the images displayed in the list Exit Click to close the Correct Enhance Images window Page top Ctp 155 n3 396 cTp Questions and Answers Ctp 156 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Questions and Answers m How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Which Side of the Displayed Image Does the Printing Start from How Do Print with Even Margins m What Is C1 or C4 Page top How Can Move or Copy the Saved File Ctp 157 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Questions and Answers gt How Can Move or Copy the Saved File How Can Move or Copy the Saved File If you want to move or copy a file created and saved with Easy PhotoPrint EX from one folder to another you need to move or copy the folder that was automatically created when originally saving that file as well For example when you save a file named MyAlbum el1 a folder named MyAlbum el1 Data is automatically c
312. wer button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the printer and you may not be able to continue to print Press the RESUME CANCEL button to cancel printing Note If you cannot cancel printing by pressing the RESUME CANCEL button while printing from a computer open the printer properties dialog box to delete the unnecessary print jobs from the printer status monitor Windows m How to maintain the optimal printing quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the Print Head from drying or clogging Always follow the following steps for optimal printing quality Follow the procedure below to unplug the power cord 1 Press the Power button on the printer to turn it off 2 Be sure that the Power lamp is not lit 3 Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet or turn off the extender cable connector Tips on How to Use Your Printer Ctp 76 n3 396 cTp If you press the Power button to turn off the power the printer caps the Print Head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet or turn off the extender cable connector before the Power lamp is turned off the Print Head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging To unplug the power cord be sure to follow this procedure e Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long t
313. y Note when you place the printer near other electrical appliances such as fluorescent lamps Place the printer at least 5 91 inches 15 cm away from other electrical appliances such as fluorescent lamps If the printer is placed closer to those it may not be able to work properly due to fluorescent noises When you turn off the power When you turn off the power always press the Power button and be sure that the Power lamp in green has gone out If you disconnect the power plug from the power outlet when the Power lamp lights or flashes the Print Head cannot be protected and you may not be able to print later O Page top Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Ctp 73 n3 396 cTp Basic Guide Contents gt Appendix gt Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to print the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction Paper money Traveler s checks Money orders Food stamps Certificates of deposit Passports Postage stamps canceled or amp Immigration papers uncanceled Internal revenue stamps canceled or Identifying badges or insignias uncanceled Selective service or draft papers Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Checks or drafts issued by Stock certificates govern
314. y be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper m Printing Area e Check 3 Load the paper after correcting its curl e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side Leaving the paper loaded on the Rear Tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl In this case load the paper with the other side facing up It may resolve the problem We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface e For Other Paper 1 With the printing side A facing up cover the paper with a fresh sheet of plain paper to avoid staining or scratching the surface 2 Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as seen below 3 Check to see that the paper curl is within approximately 0 08 to 0 2 inches 2 to 5 mm B in height Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched CTp 338 n3 396 cTp We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled In such cases follow the procedure described above to curl the paper before printing This may improve the print result e Check 4 If you are printing on thick paper select the Prevent paper abrasion setting Selecting the Prevent paper abrasion setting will widen the clearance between the Print Head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly
315. y dragging them into the selected image area EE Note To delete an image in the selected image area select the image you want to delete and click Delete Imported Image To delete all images from the selected image area click Delete All Imported Images EE Note See Help for details on the Select Images screen O Page top Editing Ctp 119 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Printing Calendars gt Editing Editing 1 Click Edit The Edit screen appears Ege endar 3s needed Paan paag add imagag or change yout Edit Tools Inside Pages arawa asek ER RA a General Toos Wy enl _Tasdde Pages E h a rar I 3 4 2 Edit the calendar if necessary m Changing Layout Changing Background m Adding Photos Swapping Positions of Photos Replacing Photos Changing Position Angle and Size of Photos Cropping Photos Framing Photos Printing Dates on Photos m Adding Text to Photos Setting Calendar Display Setting Holidays EE Note The edit information will be discarded if you exit Easy PhotoPrint EX without saving the edited calendar It is recommended that you save the item if you want to edit it again Saving See Help for details on the Edit screen O Page top Pri
316. y one image is selected the thumbnail does not appear below Preview 3 Click Manual then click Correct Enhance 4 Click Blemish Remover Move the cursor over the image The shape of the cursor changes to Cross Using the Blemish Remover Function CTp 148 n3 396 cTp eae RedEye Comection DO reoite 98 Digital Face Smoothing OD chert Renora Treci lhe Mea pou rent bo ciez 5 Drag to select the area you want to enhance then click OK that appears over the image Moles in and around the selected area are removed and the F Correction Enhancement mark appears on the upper left of the image Note Click Undo to undo the preceding enhancement operation 6 Click Save Selected Image or Save All Corrected Images You can save enhanced images as new files Note To save only the image you like click Save Selected Image To save all images click Save All Corrected Images Only JPEG Exif file format is available for enhanced images 7 Click Exit Note The enhancements will be lost if you exit before saving enhanced images Page top Adjusting Images Ctp 149 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Printing from a Computer gt Printing with the Bundled Application Software gt Correcting and Enhancing Photos gt Adjusting Images Adjusting Images You can make fine adjustments to the ove
317. yout Contact Printing Layout Available only with a Canon brand PictBridge compliant device May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices Print date amp Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off file no Image Default 1 2 On Exif Print Off NR Noise Reduction 2 VIVID 2 Face 2 Red optimize Eye 2 1 Photos are optimized for printing using the Photo optimizer pro function 2 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Trimming Default Off No trimming On follow camera s setting Off About PictBridge Print Settings Ctp 289 n3 396 cTp Page top Maintenance Ctp 290 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance Maintenance Cleaning Your Printer Performing Maintenance from a Computer Page top Cleaning Your Printer Crp 291 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Cleaning Your Printer Cleaning Your Printer Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer Cleaning the Protrusions Inside the Printer Page top Cleaning Ctp 292 n3 396 cTp Advanced Guide Advanced Guide gt Maintenance gt Cleaning Your Printer gt Cleaning Cleaning This section describes the cleaning procedure that is needed to maintain your printer A Caution a Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or simi
318. ype of the paper to print in Media Type Note If you select A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper when Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source the printer feeds the paper from the Cassette If you select other sizes or types of paper such as photo paper the printer feeds the paper from the Rear Tray If you select the wrong page size or media type the printer may feed the paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality 5 Make sure that Automatically Select is selected in Paper Source Note For details on other paper feeding refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide 6 Select the print quality in Print Quality Note For details on the print quality refer to the on screen manual Advanced Guide Note For details on the printer driver functions click Question on the Quality amp Media Color Options Borderless Printing or Duplex Printing amp Margin screen to view the on screen manual Advanced Guide If the on screen manual is not installed it does not appear even if Question is clicked The preview appears on the left of the dialog box to confirm the print result Some software applications may not have a preview function Printing Documents Macintosh f Start printing Click Print to start printing Note Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the list of print jobs in progress To cancel a print job in progress select th

Canon IP4600 series user manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents